ADF7242 [ADI]

Low Power IEEE 802.15.4/Proprietary GFSK/FSK Zero-IF 2.4 GHz Transceiver IC; 低功耗IEEE 802.15.4 /专有GFSK / FSK零中频的2.4 GHz收发器IC
ADF7242
型号: ADF7242
厂家: ADI    ADI
描述:

Low Power IEEE 802.15.4/Proprietary GFSK/FSK Zero-IF 2.4 GHz Transceiver IC
低功耗IEEE 802.15.4 /专有GFSK / FSK零中频的2.4 GHz收发器IC

文件: 总108页 (文件大小:1216K)
中文:  中文翻译
下载:  下载PDF数据表文档文件
Low Power IEEE 802.15.4/Proprietary  
GFSK/FSK Zero-IF 2.4 GHz Transceiver IC  
ADF7242  
On-chip low power processor performs  
FEATURES  
Radio control  
Packet management  
Packet management support  
Frequency range (global ISM band)  
2400 MHz to 2483.5 MHz  
Programmable data rates and modulation  
IEEE 802.15.4-2006-compatible (250 kbps)  
GFSK/FSK/GMSK/MSK modulation  
50 kbps to 2000 kbps data rates  
Low power consumption  
Insertion/detection of preamble/SWD/CRC/address  
IEEEE 802.15.4-2006 frame filtering  
IEEEE 802.15.4-2006 CSMA/CA unslotted modes  
Flexible 256-byte transmit/receive data buffer  
IEEEE 802.15.4-2006 and GFSK/FSK SPORT modes  
Fast settling automatic frequency control  
Flexible multiple RF port interface  
External PA/LNA support hardware  
Switched antenna diversity support  
Wake-up timer  
19 mA (typical) in receive mode  
21.5 mA (typical) in transmit mode (PO = 3 dBm)  
1.7 μA, 32 kHz crystal oscillator wake-up mode  
High sensitivity (IEEE 802.15.4-2006)  
−95 dBm at 250 kbps  
High sensitivity (0.1% BER)  
−96 dBm at 62.5 kbps (GFSK)  
−93 dBm at 500 kbps (GFSK)  
−90 dBm at 1 Mbps (GFSK)  
−87.5 dBm at 2 Mbps (GFSK)  
Programmable output power  
−20 dBm to +4.8 dBm in 2 dB steps  
Integrated voltage regulators  
1.8 V to 3.6 V input voltage range  
Very few external components  
Integrated PLL loop filter, receive/transmit switch, battery  
monitor, temperature sensor, 32 kHz RC and crystal  
oscillators  
Flexible SPI control interface with block read/write access  
Small form factor 5 mm × 5 mm 32-lead LFCSP package  
APPLICATIONS  
Wireless sensor networks  
Excellent receiver selectivity and blocking resilience  
Zero-IF architecture  
Complies with EN300 440 Class 2, EN300 328, FCC CFR47  
Part 15, ARIB STD-T66  
Automatic meter reading/smart metering  
Industrial wireless control  
Healthcare  
Wireless audio/video  
Consumer electronics  
ZigBee  
Digital RSSI measurement  
Fast automatic VCO calibration  
Automatic RF synthesizer bandwidth optimization  
FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DIAGRAM  
ADF7242  
4kB  
PROGRAM  
ROM  
8-BIT  
PROCESSOR  
DAC  
ADC  
FSK  
DEMOD  
LNA1  
2kB  
PROGRAM  
RAM  
RADIO  
CONTROLLER  
DSSS  
DEMOD  
LNA2  
256-BYTE  
PACKET  
RAM  
ADC  
DAC  
AGC  
OCL  
AFC  
CDR  
PACKET  
MANAGER  
64-BYTE  
BBRAM  
256-BYTE  
MCR  
FRACTIONAL-N  
RF SYNTHESIZER  
GAUSSIAN FILTER  
PRE-EMPHASIS FILTER  
PA  
WAKE-UP CTRL  
SPI  
GPIO  
SPORT  
IRQ  
32kHz  
RC  
OSC  
32kHz  
XTAL  
OSC  
BATTERY  
MONITOR  
TEMPERATURE  
SENSOR  
26MHz  
OSC  
LDO × 4  
BIAS  
Figure 1  
Rev. 0  
Information furnished by Analog Devices is believed to be accurate and reliable. However, no  
responsibility is assumed by Analog Devices for its use, nor for any infringements of patents or other  
rights of third parties that may result from its use. Specifications subject to change without notice. No  
license is granted by implication or otherwise under any patent or patent rights of Analog Devices.  
Trademarks and registeredtrademarks arethe property of their respective owners.  
One Technology Way, P.O. Box 9106, Norwood, MA 02062-9106, U.S.A.  
Tel: 781.329.4700  
Fax: 781.461.3113  
www.analog.com  
©2010 Analog Devices, Inc. All rights reserved.  
 
ADF7242  
TABLE OF CONTENTS  
Features .............................................................................................. 1  
IEEE 802.15.4-2006 Receive Timing and Control ..................... 50  
Clear Channel Assessment (CCA)........................................... 51  
Link Quality Indication (LQI).................................................. 52  
IEEE 802.15.4 Automatic TX-to-RX Turnaround Mode...... 53  
Applications....................................................................................... 1  
Functional Block Diagram .............................................................. 1  
Revision History ............................................................................... 3  
General Description......................................................................... 4  
Specifications..................................................................................... 6  
General Specifications ................................................................. 6  
RF Frequency Synthesizer Specifications.................................. 6  
Transmitter Specifications........................................................... 7  
Receiver Specifications ................................................................ 8  
Auxiliary Specifications............................................................. 11  
Current Consumption Specifications ...................................... 12  
Timing and Digital Specifications............................................ 13  
Timing Diagrams........................................................................ 15  
IEEE 802.15.4 TX SPORT Mode Timing Diagrams.............. 18  
GFSK/FSK RX SPORT Mode Timing Diagrams ................... 18  
Absolute Maximum Ratings.......................................................... 22  
ESD Caution................................................................................ 22  
Pin Configuration and Function Descriptions........................... 23  
Typical Performance Characteristics ........................................... 25  
Terminology .................................................................................... 34  
Radio Controller............................................................................. 35  
Sleep Modes................................................................................. 37  
RF Frequency Synthesizer ............................................................. 38  
RF Frequency Synthesizer Calibration .................................... 38  
RF Frequency Synthesizer Bandwidth..................................... 38  
RF Channel Frequency Programming..................................... 39  
Reference Crystal Oscillator ..................................................... 39  
Transmitter ...................................................................................... 40  
Transmit Operating Modes....................................................... 40  
Transmitter in IEEE 802.15.4-2006 Mode .............................. 40  
IEEE 802.15.4 Automatic RX-To-TX Turnaround Mode..... 43  
Transmitter in GFSK/FSK Mode.............................................. 43  
Power Amplifier.......................................................................... 46  
Receiver............................................................................................ 48  
Receive Operating Modes ......................................................... 48  
Receiver in IEEE 802.15.4-2006 Mode .................................... 48  
Receiver Calibration................................................................... 49  
IEEE 802.15.4 Frame Filtering, Automatic Acknowledge, and  
Automatic CSMA/CA................................................................ 53  
Receiver in GFSK/FSK Mode ................................................... 56  
Receiver Radio Blocks ............................................................... 61  
SPORT Interface............................................................................. 63  
GFSK/FSK SPORT Mode.......................................................... 63  
IEEE 802.15.4-2006 SPORT Mode........................................... 65  
Device Configuration .................................................................... 66  
Configuration Values Common to IEEE 802.15.4 and  
GFSK/FSK Modes ...................................................................... 67  
Configuration Values for GFSK/FSK Packet and SPORT  
Modes........................................................................................... 67  
Configuration Values for IEEE 802.15.4-2006 Packet and  
SPORT Modes............................................................................. 68  
RF Port Configurations/Antenna Diversity................................ 69  
Auxillary Functions........................................................................ 70  
Temperture Sensor..................................................................... 70  
Battery Monitor .......................................................................... 70  
Wake-Up Controller (WUC).................................................... 70  
Transmit Test Modes.................................................................. 71  
Serial Peripheral interface (SPI) ................................................... 72  
General Characteristics ............................................................. 72  
Command Access....................................................................... 72  
Status Word ................................................................................. 72  
Memory Map .................................................................................. 74  
BBRAM........................................................................................ 74  
Modem Configuration RAM (MCR) ...................................... 74  
Program ROM ............................................................................ 74  
Program RAM ............................................................................ 74  
Packet RAM ................................................................................ 74  
Memory Access............................................................................... 76  
Writing to the ADF7242............................................................ 77  
Reading from the ADF7242...................................................... 77  
Downloadable Firmware Modules............................................... 80  
Interrupt Controller ....................................................................... 81  
Rev. 0 | Page 2 of 108  
ADF7242  
Configuration ..............................................................................81  
Description of Interrupt Sources ..............................................82  
Applications Circuits ......................................................................83  
Register Map ....................................................................................87  
Outline Dimensions......................................................................105  
Ordering Guide .........................................................................105  
REVISION HISTORY  
7/10—Revision 0: Initial Version  
Rev. 0 | Page 3 of 108  
 
ADF7242  
GENERAL DESCRIPTION  
The ADF7242 is a highly integrated, low power, and high perfor-  
mance transceiver for operation in the global 2.4 GHz ISM band. It  
is designed with emphasis on flexibility, robustness, ease of use,  
and low current consumption. The IC supports the IEEE 802.15.4-  
2006 2.4 GHz PHY requirements as well as proprietary GFSK/  
FSK/GMSK/MSK modulation schemes in both packet and data  
streaming modes. With a minimum number of external compo-  
nents, it achieves compliance with the FCC CFR47 Part 15,  
ETSI EN 300 440 (Equipment Class 2), ETSI EN 300 328  
(FHSS, DR > 250 kbps), and ARIB STD T-66 standards.  
The ADF7242 features a flexible dual-port RF interface that can  
be used with an external LNA and/or PA in addition to support-  
ing switched antenna diversity.  
The ADF7242 incorporates a very low power custom 8-bit  
processor that supports a number of transceiver management  
functions. These functions are handled by the two main mod-  
ules of the processor; the radio controller and the packet manager.  
The radio controller manages the state of the IC in various  
operating modes and configurations. The host MCU can use  
single byte commands to interface to the radio controller. The  
packet manager is highly flexible and supports various packet  
formats. In transmit mode, the packet manager can be confi-  
gured to add preamble, sync, and CRC words to the payload  
data stored in the on-chip packet RAM. In receive mode, the  
packet manager can detect and generate an interrupt to the  
MCU upon receiving valid sync or CRC words, and store the  
received data payload in the packet RAM. A total of 256 bytes of  
transmit and receive packet RAM space is provided to decouple  
the over-the-air data rate from the host MCU processing speed.  
Thus, the ADF7242 packet manager eases the processing  
burden on the host MCU and saves the overall system power  
consumption.  
The ADF7242 complies with the IEEE 802.15.4-2006 2.4 GHz  
PHY requirements with a fixed data rate of 250 kbps and DSSS-  
OQPSK modulation. With its support of GFSK/FSK/GMSK/MSK  
modulation schemes, the IC can operate over a wide range of  
data rates from 50 kbps to 2 Mbps and is, therefore, equally  
suitable for proprietary applications in the areas of smart  
metering, industrial control, home and building automation,  
and consumer electronics. In addition, the agile frequency  
synthesizer of the ADF7242, together with short turnaround  
times, facilitates the implementation of FHSS systems.  
The transmitter path of the ADF7242 is based on a direct  
closed-loop VCO modulation scheme using a low noise  
fractional-N RF frequency synthesizer. The automatically  
calibrated VCO operates at twice the fundamental frequency to  
reduce spurious emissions and avoid PA pulling effects. The  
bandwidth of the RF frequency synthesizer is automatically  
optimized for transmit and receive operations to achieve  
optimum phase noise, modulation quality, and synthesizer  
settling time performance. The transmitter output power is  
programmable from −20 dBm to +4 dBm with automatic PA  
ramping to meet transient spurious specifications. An  
integrated biasing and control circuit is available in the IC to  
significantly simplify the interface to external PAs.  
In addition, for applications that require data streaming, a  
synchronous bidirectional serial port (SPORT) provides bit-  
level input/output data, and has been designed to directly inter-  
face to a wide range of DSPs, such as ADSP-21xx, SHARC®,  
TigerSHARC®, and Blackfin®. The SPORT interface can option-  
ally be used for GFSK/FSK as well as IEEE 802.15.4-2006 modes.  
The processor also permits the download and execution of a set  
of firmware modules, which include IEEE 802.15.4 automatic  
modes, such as node address filtering, as well as unslotted  
CSMA/CA. Execution code for these firmware modules is  
available from Analog Devices, Inc.  
The receive path is based on a zero-IF architecture enabling very  
high blocking resilience and selectivity performance, which are  
critical performance metrics in interference dominated environ-  
ments such as the 2.4 GHz band. In addition, the architecture  
does not suffer from any degradation of blocker rejection in the  
image channel, which is typically found in low IF receivers. In  
GFSK/FSK modes, the receiver features a high speed automatic  
frequency control (AFC) loop, which allows the frequency  
synthesizer to find and correct any frequency errors in the  
received packet.  
To further optimize the system power consumption, the ADF7242  
features an integrated low power 32 kHz RC wake-up oscillator,  
which is calibrated from the 26 MHz crystal oscillator while the  
transceiver is active. Alternatively, an integrated 32 kHz crystal  
oscillator can be used as a wake-up timer for applications  
requiring very accurate wake-up timing. A battery backed-up  
RAM (BBRAM) is available on the IC where IEEE 802.15.4-  
2006 network node addresses can be retained when the IC is in  
the sleep state.  
The ADF7242 also features a very flexible interrupt controller,  
which provides MAC-level and PHY-level interrupts to the host  
MCU. The IC is equipped with a SPI interface, which allows  
burst-mode data transfer for high data throughput efficiency.  
The IC also integrates a temperature sensor with digital read-  
back and a battery monitor.  
The IC can operate with a supply voltage between 1.8 V and 3.6 V  
with very low power consumption in receive and transmit modes  
while maintaining its excellent RF performance, making it espe-  
cially suitable for battery-powered systems.  
Rev. 0 | Page 4 of 108  
 
ADF7242  
4kB  
PROGRAM  
ROM  
ADF7242  
DAC  
ADC  
8-BIT  
PROCESSOR  
FSK  
DEMOD  
RFIO1P  
2kB  
PROGRAM  
RAM  
LNA1  
RFIO1N  
RFIO2P  
RADIO  
CONTROLLER  
DSSS  
DEMOD  
256- BYTE  
PACKET  
RAM  
LNA2  
ADC  
DAC  
AGC  
OCL  
AFC  
CDR  
RFIO2N  
PACKET  
MANAGER  
64-BYTE  
BBRAM  
256-BYTE  
MCR  
SDM  
PFD  
PRE-EMPHASIS  
FSK MOD  
DSSS MOD  
PA  
DIV2  
DIVIDER  
CS  
FILTER  
MOSI  
SCLK  
MISO  
SPI  
GAUSSIAN  
Tx FILTER  
CHARGE-  
PUMP  
LOOP FILTER  
PABIAOP_ATB4  
PAVSUP_ATB3  
EXT PA  
INTERFACE  
WAKE-UP CTRL  
RXEN_GP6  
TXEN_GP5  
EXT LNA/PA  
ENABLE  
GPIO  
PA  
RAMP  
BATTERY TEMPERATURE  
ANALOG  
TEST  
MONITOR  
SENSOR  
TIMER UNIT  
TRCLK_CKO_GP3  
DT_GP1  
SPORT  
26MHz  
OSC  
DR_GP0  
32kHz  
RC  
OSC  
32kHz  
XTAL  
OSC  
IRQ1_GP4  
RC  
CAL  
LDO1  
LDO2  
LDO3  
LDO4  
BIAS  
IRQ  
IRQ2_TRFS_GP2  
CREGRF1, CREGVCO CREGSYNTH CREGDIG1, RBIAS XOSC26P XOSC26N  
XOSC32KN_ATB2 XOSC32KP_GP7_ATB1  
CREGRF2,  
CREGRF3  
CREGDIG2  
Figure 2. Detailed Functional Block Diagram  
Rev. 0 | Page 5 of 108  
ADF7242  
SPECIFICATIONS  
VDD_BAT = 1.8 V to 3.6 V, GND = 0 V, TA = TMIN to TMAX, unless otherwise noted. Typical specifications are at VDD_BAT = 3.6 V,  
TA = 25°C, fCHANNEL = 2450 MHz. All measurements are performed using the ADF7242 reference design, RFIO2 port, unless otherwise  
noted.  
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS  
Table 1.  
Parameter  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
Test Conditions  
GENERAL PARAMETERS  
Voltage Supply Range  
VDD_BAT Input  
1.8  
3.6  
V
Frequency Range  
Operating Temperature Range  
Data Rate  
2400  
−40  
2483.5 MHz  
+85  
°C  
GFSK/FSK Mode  
IEEE 802.15.4-2006 Mode  
Resolution  
50  
2000  
kbps  
kbps  
bps  
250  
100  
Applies to FSK modes only  
RF FREQUENCY SYNTHESIZER SPECIFICATIONS  
Table 2.  
Parameter  
Min  
Typ  
10  
3
Max  
Unit  
Test Conditions  
CHANNEL FREQUENCY RESOLUTION  
PHASE ERROR  
kHz  
Applies to GFSK/FSK modes  
Degrees  
Receive mode; any data rate, IEEE 802.15.4-2006 or  
GFSK/FSK mode; integration bandwidth from 10 kHz  
to 400 kHz  
1.5  
2
Degrees  
Degrees  
Degrees  
μs  
Transmit mode; IEEE 802.15.4-2006, 2 Mbps to  
290 kbps, GFSK/FSK/GMSK/MSK mode; integration  
bandwidth from 10 kHz to 1800 kHz  
Transmit mode; 289.9 kbps to 184 kbps  
GFSK/FSK/GMSK/MSK mode; integration bandwidth  
from 10 kHz to 800 kHz  
Transmit mode; 183.9 kbps to 50 kbps  
GFSK/FSK/GMSK/MSK mode; integration bandwidth  
from 10 kHz to 500 kHz  
2.5  
52  
VCO CALIBRATION TIME  
Applies to all modes  
SYNTHESIZER SETTLING TIME  
Frequency synthesizer settled to < 5 ppm of the  
target frequency within this time following a VCO  
calibration  
53  
80  
39  
35  
μs  
μs  
μs  
μs  
Receive mode; any data rate, IEEE 802.15.4-2006 or  
GFSK/FSK mode  
Transmit mode; IEEE 802.15.4-2006, 2 Mbps to  
289.6 kbps GFSK/FSK mode  
Transmit mode; 289.7 kbps to 184 kbps GFSK/FSK  
mode  
Transmit mode; 183.9 kbps to 50 kbps GFSK/FSK  
mode  
PHASE NOISE  
Receive mode; any data rate, IEEE 802.15.4-2006 or  
GFSK/FSK mode  
−135  
−145  
70  
dBc/Hz  
dBc/Hz  
dBc  
10 MHz frequency offset  
≥50 MHz frequency offset  
REFERENCE AND CLOCK-RELATED  
SPURIOUS  
Receive mode; IEEE 802.15.4-2006 or GFSK/FSK  
mode; fCHANNEL = 2405 MHz, 2450 MHz, and 2480 MHz  
Rev. 0 | Page 6 of 108  
 
ADF7242  
Parameter  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
Test Conditions  
INTEGER BOUNDARY SPURS  
60  
dBc  
Receive mode; IEEE 802.15.4-2006 or GFSK/FSK  
mode; measured at 400 kHz offset from fCHANNEL  
2405 MHz, 2418 MHz, 2431 MHz, 2444 MHz,  
2457 MHz, 2470 MHz  
=
CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR  
Crystal Frequency  
26  
18  
7
MHz  
pF  
pF  
Parallel load resonant crystal  
Maximum Parallel Load Capacitance  
Minimum Parallel Load Capacitance  
Maximum Crystal ESR  
365.3  
Ω
Guarantees maximum crystal frequency error of  
0.2 ppm; 33 pF on XOSC26P and XOSC26N  
Sleep-to-Idle Wake-Up Time  
300  
μs  
15 pF load on XOSC26N and XOSC26P  
TRANSMITTER SPECIFICATIONS  
Table 3.  
Parameter  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
Test Conditions  
GENERAL TRANSMITTER SPECIFICATIONS  
Maximum Transmit Power  
Minimum Transmit Power  
3
−25  
4.8  
dBm  
dBm  
dBm  
Maximum Transmit Power (High Power  
Mode)  
Refer to Power Amplifier section for details on how  
to enable this mode  
Minimum Transmit Power(High Power  
Mode)  
Transmit Power Variation  
−22  
2
dBm  
dB  
Transmit power = 3 dBm, fCHANNEL = 2400 MHz to  
2483.5 MHz, TA = −40°C to +85°C, VDD_BAT = 1.8 V  
to 3.6 V  
Transmit Power Control Resolution  
Optimum PA Matching Impedance  
2
dB  
Ω
Transmit power = 3dBm  
For maximum transmit power = 3 dBm  
43.7 +  
35.2j  
Harmonics and Spurious Emissions  
Compliance with ETSI EN 300 440  
25 MHz to 30 MHz  
−36  
−36  
−54  
dBm  
dBm  
dBm  
Unmodulated carrier, 10 kHz RBW1  
Unmodulated carrier, 100 kHz RBW1  
Unmodulated carrier, 100 kHz RBW1  
30 MHz to 1 GHz  
47 MHz to 74 MHz, 87.5 MHz to  
118 MHz, 174 MHz to 230 MHz,  
470 MHz to 862 MHz  
Otherwise Above 1 GHz  
Compliance with ETSI EN 300 328  
1800 MHz to 1900 MHz  
−30  
dBm  
Unmodulated carrier, 1 MHz RBW1  
Unmodulated carrier  
−47  
−97  
dBm  
dBm/Hz  
5150 MHz to 5300 MHz  
Compliance with FCC CFR47, Part15  
4.5 GHz to 5.15 GHz  
7.25 GHz to 7.75 GHz  
−41  
−41  
dBm  
dBm  
1 MHz RBW1  
1 MHz RBW1  
TRANSMIT PATH IEEE 802.15.4-2006 MODE  
Transmit EVM  
2
1
%
%
Measured using Rohde & Schwarz FSU vector  
analyzer with Zigbee™ option  
fCHANNEL = 2405 MHz to 2480 MHz, TA= −40°C to  
+85°C, VDD_BAT = 1.8 V to 3.6 V  
Transmit EVM Variation  
Transmit PSD Mask  
−56  
2252  
dBm  
MHz  
RBW = 100 kHz; |f – fCHANNEL| > 3.5 MHz  
Transmit 20 dB Bandwidth  
TRANSMIT PATH GFSK/FSK MODE  
Frequency Deviation Resolution  
Gaussian Filter BT  
10  
0.5  
kHz  
Gaussian filter available for 2000 kbps, 1000 kbps,  
500 kbps, 250 kbps, 125 kbps and 62.5 kbps only  
Rev. 0 | Page 7 of 108  
 
 
ADF7242  
Parameter  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
Test Conditions  
Transmit Modulation Phase Error  
7
Degrees  
2 Mbps (fDEV = 500 kHz) GFSK SPORT mode,  
transmitter output power = 3 dBm  
6.5  
4.5  
6
Degrees  
Degrees  
Degrees  
Degrees  
dB  
1 Mbps (fDEV = 250 kHz) GFSK SPORT mode,  
transmitter output power = 3 dBm  
500 kbps (fDEV = 250 kHz) GFSK SPORT mode,  
transmitter output power = 3 dBm  
250 kbps (fDEV = 130 kHz) GFSK SPORT mode,  
transmitter output power = 3 dBm  
125 kbps (fDEV = 60 kHz) FSK SPORT mode,  
transmitter output power = 3 dBm  
4
Transmit Modulation Error Rate (MER)  
24  
2 Mbps GFSK SPORT mode, transmitter output  
power = 3dBm; measured as the standard deviation  
from 500 kHz frequency deviation  
24  
24  
24  
22  
dB  
dB  
dB  
dB  
1 Mbps GFSK SPORT mode, transmitter output  
power = 3 dBm; measured as the standard deviation  
from 250 kHz frequency deviation  
500 kbps GFSK SPORT mode, transmitter output  
power = 3dBm; measured as the standard deviation  
from 250 kHz frequency deviation  
250 kbps GFSK SPORT mode, transmitter output  
power = 3 dBm; measured as the standard deviation  
from 130 kHz frequency deviation  
125 kbps FSK SPORT mode, transmitter output  
power = 3 dBm; measured as the standard deviation  
from 60 kHz frequency deviation  
Transmit 20 dB Bandwidth  
2 Mbps GFSK SPORT Mode  
1 Mbps GFSK SPORT Mode  
500 kbps GFSK SPORT Mode  
250 kbps GFSK SPORT Mode  
125 kbps GFSK SPORT Mode  
62.5 kbps FSK SPORT Mode  
Transmit Adjacent Channel Power  
First Channel  
2520  
1250  
985  
520  
302  
kHz  
kHz  
kHz  
kHz  
kHz  
kHz  
2 Mbps (fDEV = 500 kHz) GFSK SPORT mode  
1 Mbps (fDEV = 250 kHz) GFSK SPORT mode  
500 kbps (fDEV = 250 kHz) GFSK SPORT mode  
250 kbps (fDEV = 130 kHz) GFSK SPORT mode  
125 kbps (fDEV = 60 kHz) FSK SPORT mode  
62.5 kbps (fDEV = 60 kHz) FSK SPORT mode  
226  
−53.5  
−54.5  
dBm  
dBm  
2 Mbps GFSK SPORT mode, 5 MHz channel spacing  
2.2 MHz channel bandwidth, transmitter output  
power = 3 dBm  
Second Channel  
First Channel  
Second Channel  
−27  
−51.5  
dBm  
dBm  
250 kbps FSK SPORT mode, 300 kHz channel spacing  
250 kHz channel bandwidth, transmitter output  
power = 3 dBm  
1 RBW = resolution bandwidth.  
RECEIVER SPECIFICATIONS  
Table 4.  
Parameter  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
Test Conditions  
GENERAL RECEIVER SPECIFICATIONS  
RF Front-End LNA and Mixer IIP3  
−13.6  
−12.6  
dBm  
dBm  
At maximum gain, fBLOCKER1 = 5 MHz,  
f
BLOCKER2 = 10.1 MHz, PRF,IN = −35 dBm  
At maximum gain, fBLOCKER1 = 20 MHz,  
fBLOCKER2 = 40.1 MHz,  
P
RF,IN = −35 dBm  
At maximum gain, fBLOCKER1 = 40 MHz,  
BLOCKER2 = 80.1 MHz,  
PRF,IN = −35 dBm  
−10.5  
dBm  
f
Rev. 0 | Page 8 of 108  
 
ADF7242  
Parameter  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
Test Conditions  
RF Front-End LNA and Mixer IIP2  
24.7  
dBm  
At maximum gain, fBLOCKER1 = 5 MHz,  
f
BLOCKER2 = 5.5 MHz, PRF,IN = −50 dBm  
RF Front-End LNA and Mixer 1 dB  
Compression Point  
−20.5  
dBm  
At maximum gain  
Receiver LO Level at RFIO2 Port  
LNA Input Impedance at RFIO1 Port  
−100  
50.2 −  
52.2j  
dBm  
Ω
IEEE 802.15.4 packet mode  
Measured in RX state  
LNA Input Impedance at RFIO2 Port  
74.3 −  
10.7j  
Ω
Measured in RX state  
Receive Spurious Emissions  
Compliant with EN 300 440  
30 MHz to 1000 MHz  
−57  
−47  
dBm  
dBm  
1 GHz to 12.75 GHz  
RECEIVE PATH IEEE 802.15.4-2006 MODE  
Sensitivity (Prf,in,min, 802154)  
−95  
−15  
dBm  
dBm  
1% PER with PSDU length of 20 bytes according to  
the IEEE 802.15.4-2006 standard  
1% PER with PSDU length of 20 bytes  
Saturation Level  
CW Blocker Rejection  
5 MHz  
55  
60  
63  
64  
dB  
dB  
dB  
dB  
PRF,IN = PRF,IN,MIN, 802154 + 3 dB  
PRF,IN = PRF,IN,MIN, 802154 + 3 dB  
PRF,IN = PRF,IN,MIN, 802154 + 3 dB  
PRF,IN = PRF,IN,MIN, 802154 + 3 dB  
10 MHz  
20 MHz  
30 MHz  
Modulated Blocker Rejection  
5 MHz  
48  
61  
62.5  
65  
65  
dB  
dB  
dB  
dB  
dB  
dB  
PRF,IN = PRF,IN,MIN, 802154 + 3 dB  
PRF,IN = PRF,IN,MIN, 802154 + 3 dB  
PRF,IN = PRF,IN,MIN, 802154 + 3 dB  
PRF,IN = PRF,IN,MIN, 802154 + 3 dB  
PRF,IN = PRF,IN,MIN, 802154 + 3 dB  
Prf,IN = Prf,IN,MIN + 10 dB Modulated Blocker  
10 MHz  
15 MHz  
20 MHz  
30 MHz  
Co-Channel Rejection  
Out-of Band Blocker Rejection  
−5 MHz  
−6  
−34.2  
−30.7  
−29.7  
−25.7  
−24.2  
−33.4  
−29.9  
−28.2  
−23.7  
−29.9  
dBm  
dBm  
dBm  
dBm  
dBm  
dBm  
dBm  
dBm  
dBm  
dBm  
PRF,IN = PRF,IN,MIN, 802154 + 3 dB, measured at  
fCHANNEL = 2405 MHz  
PRF,IN = PRF,IN,MIN, 802154 + 3 dB, measured at  
−10 MHz  
−20 MHz  
−30 MHz  
−60 MHz  
+5 MHz  
f
CHANNEL = 2405 MHz  
PRF,IN = PRF,IN,MIN, 802154 + 3 dB, measured at  
fCHANNEL = 2405 MHz  
PRF,IN = PRF,IN,MIN, 802154 + 3 dB, measured at  
fCHANNEL = 2405 MHz  
PRF,IN = PRF,IN,MIN, 802154 + 3 dB, measured at  
f
CHANNEL = 2405 MHz  
PRF,IN = PRF,IN,MIN, 802154 + 3 dB, measured at  
fCHANNEL = 2480 MHz  
PRF,IN = PRF,IN,MIN, 802154 + 3 dB, measured at  
fCHANNEL = 2480 MHz  
+10 MHz  
+20 MHz  
+30 MHz  
+60 MHz  
PRF,IN = PRF,IN,MIN, 802154 + 3 dB, measured at  
f
CHANNEL = 2480 MHz  
PRF,IN = PRF,IN,MIN, 802154 + 3 dB, measured at  
fCHANNEL = 2480 MHz  
PRF,IN = PRF,IN,MIN, 802154 + 3 dB, measured at  
fCHANNEL = 2480 MHz  
Receiver Channel Bandwidth  
Frequency Error Tolerance  
2252  
kHz  
Two-sided bandwidth; cascaded analog and digital  
channel filtering  
−80  
+80  
ppm  
PRF,IN = PRF,IN,MIN + 3 dB  
Rev. 0 | Page 9 of 108  
ADF7242  
Parameter  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
Test Conditions  
RSSI  
Measured using IEEE 802.15.4-2006 packet mode  
Dynamic range  
85  
dB  
Accuracy  
3
dB  
Averaging Time  
128  
−95  
μs  
dBm  
Minimum Sensitivity  
RECEIVE PATH GFSK MODE  
Sensitivity 1 % PER  
PRF,IN,MIN 2 Mbps  
−84.5  
−87.5  
−92  
−92  
−94  
−95  
−96  
−96  
dBm  
dBm  
dBm  
dBm  
dBm  
dBm  
dBm  
dBm  
2000 kbps (fDEV = 500 kHz) GFSK packet mode  
1000 kbps (fDEV = 250 kHz) GFSK packet mode  
500 kbps (fDEV = 250 kHz) GFSK packet mode  
250 kbps (fDEV = 130 kHz) GFSK packet mode  
125 kbps (fDEV = 60 kHz) FSK packet mode  
100 kbps (fDEV = 30 kHz) FSK packet mode  
62.5 kbps (fDEV = 60 kHz) FSK packet mode  
50 kbps (fDEV = 30 kHz) FSK packet mode  
PRF,IN,MIN 1 Mbps  
PRF,IN,MIN 500 kbps  
PRF,IN,MIN 250 kbps  
PRF,IN,MIN 125 kbps  
PRF,IN,MIN 100 kbps  
PRF,IN,MIN 62.5 kbps  
PRF,IN,MIN 50 kbps  
Sensitivity 0.1% BER  
PRF,IN,MIN 2 Mbps  
PRF,IN,MIN 1 Mbps  
PRF,IN,MIN 500 kbps  
PRF,IN,MIN 250 kbps  
PRF,IN,MIN 125 kbps  
PRF,IN,MIN 62.5 kbps  
PRF,IN,MIN 50 kbps  
−87.5  
−90  
−93  
−93  
−93  
−96  
−96  
11  
9
7
7
7
7
dBm  
dBm  
dBm  
dBm  
dBm  
dBm  
dBm  
Bytes  
Bytes  
Bytes  
Bytes  
Bytes  
Bytes  
Bytes  
Bytes  
2000 kbps (fDEV = 500 kHz) GFSK SPORT mode  
1000 kbps (fDEV = 250 kHz) GFSK SPORT mode  
500 kbps (fDEV = 250 kHz) GFSK SPORT mode  
250 kbps (fDEV = 130 kHz) GFSK SPORT mode  
125 kbps (fDEV = 60 kHz) FSK SPORT mode  
62.5 kbps (fDEV = 6 0kHz) FSK SPORT mode  
50 kbps (fDEV = 30 kHz) FSK SPORT mode  
2000 kbps (fDEV = 50 0kHz) GFSK packet mode  
1000 kbps (fDEV = -250 kHz) GFSK packet mode  
500 kbps (fDEV = 250 kHz) GFSK packet mode  
250 kbps (fDEV = -130 kHz) GFSK packet mode  
125 kbps (fDEV = 60 kHz) FSK packet mode  
100 kbps (fDEV = -30 kHz) FSK packet mode  
62.5 kbps (fDEV = -60 kHz) FSK packet mode  
50 kbps (fDEV = 30 kHz) FSK packet mode  
Minimum Preamble Length  
6
6
Saturation Level  
−15  
dBm  
All GFSK/FSK modes, packet and SPORT modes, 1%  
PER and 0.1% BER  
CW Blocking Rejection (2000 kbps (fDEV  
500 kHz) GFSK Packet Mode)  
=
PRF,IN = PRF,IN,MIN, 2 Mbps + 3 dB  
5 MHz  
51  
56  
56.5  
60.5  
dB  
dB  
dB  
dB  
10 MHz  
20 MHz  
30 MHz  
Modulated Blocking Rejection (2000 kbps  
(fDEV = 500 kHz) GFSK Packet Mode)  
PRF,IN = PRF,IN,MIN, 2 Mbps + 3 dB  
5 MHz  
48  
53  
58  
60  
dB  
dB  
dB  
dB  
10 MHz  
20 MHz  
30 MHz  
CW Blocker Rejection (125 kbps (fDEV  
60 kHz) FSK Packet Mode)  
=
PRF,IN = PRF,IN,MIN, 125 kbps + 3 dB  
2 MHz  
5 MHz  
12 MHz  
20 MHz  
32 MHz  
54.5  
62  
64  
69  
70.5  
dB  
dB  
dB  
dB  
dB  
Rev. 0 | Page 10 of 108  
ADF7242  
Parameter  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
Test Conditions  
Modulated Blocking Rejection  
(2000 kbps (fDEV = 500 kHz) GFSK  
Packet Mode)  
PRF,IN = PRF,IN,MIN, 125 kbps + 3 dB  
2 MHz  
5 MHz  
12 MHz  
20 MHz  
32 MHz  
52.5  
60  
64.5  
68.5  
71  
dB  
dB  
dB  
dB  
dB  
dB  
Co-Channel Rejection  
−13  
2000 kbps (fDEV = 500 kHz) GFSK packet mode,  
PRF,IN = PRF,IN,MIN, 2 Mbps + 10 dB, modulated blocker  
−9  
dB  
250 kbps (fDEV = 130 kHz) GFSK packet mode,  
PRF,IN = PRF,IN,MIN, 250 kbps + 10 dB, modulated blocker  
Receiver Channel Bandwidth  
Minimum Channel 3 dB Bandwidth  
Analog Filter  
Analog and Digital Filter Cascade  
Maximum Channel 3 dB Bandwidth  
1110  
520  
2252  
kHz  
kHz  
kHz  
Two-sided bandwidth  
Two-sided bandwidth  
Two-sided bandwidth  
Frequency Error Tolerance, 2000 kbps  
(fDEV = 500 kHz) GFSK Packet Mode  
AFC Off  
AFC On  
55  
165  
kHz  
kHz  
AFC pull-in range = 80 kHz  
AFC pull-in range = 80 kHz  
Frequency Error Tolerance, 500 kbps  
(fDEV = 250 kHz) FSK Packet Mode  
AFC Off  
AFC On  
90  
190  
kHz  
kHz  
RSSI, 2000 kbps (fDEV = 500 kHz) GFSK  
Mode  
Accuracy  
3
dBm  
dBm  
dBm  
Minimum Sensitivity, Packet Mode  
Minimum Sensitivity, SPORT Mode  
RSSI, 500 kbps (fDEV = 250 kHz) GFSK Mode  
Accuracy  
−84.5  
−87.5  
SPORT mode with no preamble or SWD detection  
SPORT mode with no preamble or SWD detection  
3
−92  
−93  
dBm  
dBm  
dBm  
Minimum Sensitivity, Packet Mode  
Minimum Sensitivity, SPORT Mode  
AUXILIARY SPECIFICATIONS  
Table 5.  
Parameter  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
Test Conditions  
32 kHz RC OSCILLATOR  
Frequency  
32.768  
1
kHz  
%
After calibration  
After calibration at 25°C  
Frequency Accuracy  
Frequency Drift  
Temperature Coefficient  
Voltage Coefficient  
Calibration Time  
32 kHz CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR  
Frequency  
0.14  
4
1
%/°C  
%/V  
ms  
32.768  
319.8  
2000  
kHz  
kΩ  
ms  
Maximum ESR  
Start-Up Time  
10 pF on XOSC32KP and XOSC32KN  
12.5pF load capacitors on XOSC32KP and  
XOSC32KN  
WAKE-UP TIMER  
Prescaler Tick Period  
Wake-Up Period  
0.0305  
61 × 10−6  
20,000  
ms  
1.31 × 105 sec  
Rev. 0 | Page 11 of 108  
 
ADF7242  
Parameter  
TEMPERATURE SENSOR  
Range  
Resolution  
Accuracy  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
Test Conditions  
−40  
+85  
°C  
°C  
°C  
4.7  
6.4  
Average of 1000 ADC readbacks, after  
using linear fitting, with correction at  
known temperature  
BATTERY MONITOR  
Trigger Voltage  
1.7  
3.6  
V
Trigger Voltage Step Size  
Start-Up Time  
Current Consumption  
62  
5
30  
mV  
μs  
μA  
EXTERNAL PA INTERFACE  
RON, PAVSUP_ATB3 to VDD_BAT  
ROFF, PAVSUP_ATB3 to GND  
ROFF, PABIASOP_ATB4 to GND  
PABIASOP_ATB4 Source Current, Maximum  
PABIASOP_ATB4 Sink Current, Minimum  
PABIASOP_ATB4 Current Control Resolution  
PABIASOP_ATB4 Compliance Voltage  
PABIASOP_ATB4 Compliance Voltage  
Servo Loop Bias Current  
5
10  
10  
80  
−80  
6
150  
3.45  
22  
Ω
extpa_bias_mode = 0, 1, 2, 5, 6  
extpa_bias_mode = 3, 4, power-down  
extpa_bias_mode = 0, power-down  
expta_bias_mode = 1, 3  
extpa_bias_mode = 2, 4  
extpa_bias_mode = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5  
extpa_bias_mode = 2, 4  
extpa_bias_mode = 1, 3  
extpa_bias_mode = 5, 6  
extpa_bias_mode = 5, 6  
MΩ  
MΩ  
μA  
μA  
Bits  
mV  
V
mA  
mA  
Servo Loop Bias Current Control Step  
0.349  
CURRENT CONSUMPTION SPECIFICATIONS  
Table 6.  
Parameter  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
Test Conditions  
CURRENT CONSUMPTION  
TX Mode Current Consumption  
−20 dBm  
16.5  
17.4  
19.6  
21.5  
25  
1.8  
10  
19  
mA  
mA  
mA  
mA  
mA  
mA  
mA  
mA  
mA  
μA  
IEEE 802.15.4-2006 continuous packet transmission mode  
IEEE 802.15.4-2006 continuous packet transmission mode  
IEEE 802.15.4-2006 continuous packet transmission mode  
IEEE 802.15.4-2006 continuous packet transmission mode  
IEEE 802.15.4-2006 continuous packet transmission mode  
XTO26M + digital active  
−10 dBm  
0 dBm  
+3 dBm  
+4 dBm  
Idle Mode  
PHY_RDY Mode  
RX Mode Current Consumption  
MEAS State  
SLEEP_BBRAM  
SLEEP_BBRAM_RCO  
IEEE 802.15.4-2006 packet mode  
BBRAM contents retained  
32 kHz RC oscillator running, some BBRAM contents  
retained, wake-up time enabled  
3
0.3  
1
μA  
SLEEP_BBRAM_XTO  
1.7  
μA  
32 kHz crystal oscillator running, some BBRAM contents  
retained, wake-up time enabled  
Rev. 0 | Page 12 of 108  
 
ADF7242  
TIMING AND DIGITAL SPECIFICATIONS  
Table 7. Logic Levels  
Parameter  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
Test Conditions  
LOGIC INPUTS  
Input High Voltage, VINH  
Input Low Voltage, VINL  
Input Current, IINH/IINL  
Input Capacitance, CIN  
LOGIC OUTPUTS  
0.7 × VDD_BAT  
V
V
μA  
pF  
0.2 × VDD  
1
10  
Output High Voltage, VOH  
Output Low Voltage, VOL  
Output Rise/Fall  
VDD_BAT − 0.4  
V
V
ns  
pF  
IOH = 500 μA  
IOL = 500 μA  
0.4  
5
7
Output Load  
Table 8. GPIOs  
Parameter  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
Test Conditions  
GPIO OUTPUTS  
Output Drive Level  
Output Drive Level  
5
5
mA  
mA  
All GPIOs in logic high state  
All GPIOs in logic low state  
Table 9. SPI Interface Timing  
Parameter Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
μs  
ns  
ns  
ms  
Description  
t1  
15  
CS falling edge to MISO setup time (TRX active)  
CS to SCLK setup time  
t2  
40  
40  
40  
80  
t3  
t4  
t5  
SCLK high time  
SCLK low time  
SCLK period  
SCLK falling edge to MISO delay  
MOSI to SCLK rising edge setup time  
MOSI to SCLK rising edge hold time  
SCLK to CS hold time  
t6  
10  
t7  
5
t8  
5
t9  
40  
10  
270  
t10  
t11  
t12  
t13  
t14  
t15, t16  
CS high to SCLK wait time  
CS high time  
300  
400  
20  
20  
CS low to MISO high wake-up time, 26 MHz crystal with 10 pF load capacitance, TA = 25°C  
SCLK rise time  
SCLK fall time  
2
CS high time on wake-up after RC_RESET or RC_SLEEP command (see Figure 5 and  
Figure 70) 26 MHz crystal with 10 pF load  
Rev. 0 | Page 13 of 108  
 
ADF7242  
Table 10. IEEE 802.15.4 State Transition Timing  
Parameter  
Min  
Typ  
142  
13.5  
192  
192  
140  
140  
192  
192  
23  
192  
14.5  
5.5  
30.5  
19  
Max  
Unit  
μs  
μs  
μs  
μs  
μs  
μs  
μs  
μs  
μs  
μs  
μs  
μs  
μs  
μs  
μs  
μs  
μs  
μs  
Test Conditions  
Idle to PHY_RDY State  
PHY_RDY to Idle State  
PHY_RDY or TX to RX State (Different Channel)  
PHY_RDY or RX to TX State (Different Channel)  
PHY_RDY or TX to RX State (Same Channel)  
RX or PHY_RDY to TX State (Same Channel)  
RX Channel Change  
TX Channel Change  
TX to PHY_RDY State  
PHY_RDY to CCA State  
CCA to PHY_RDY State  
RX to Idle State  
TX to Idle State  
Idle to MEAS State  
MEAS to Idle State  
CCA to Idle State  
RX to CCA State  
CCA to RX State  
VCO calibration performed  
VCO calibration performed  
VCO calibration skipped  
VCO calibration skipped  
VCO calibration performed  
VCO calibration performed  
6
14.5  
18  
205  
Table 11. GFSK/FSK State Transition Timing  
Parameter  
Min  
Typ  
180  
13.5  
Max  
Unit  
μs  
μs  
Test Conditions  
Idle to PHY_RDY State  
PHY_RDY to Idle State  
PHY_RDY or TX to RX State (Different Channel)  
PHY_RDY or RX to TX State (Different Channel)  
PHY_RDY or RX to TX State (Different Channel)  
664  
μs  
μs  
μs  
VCO calibration performed  
VCO calibration performed  
VCO calibration performed,  
mac_delay_ext1= 472 μs  
192  
664  
PHY_RDY or TX to RX State (Same Channel)  
RX or PHY_RDY to TX State (Same Channel)  
RX or PHY_RDY to TX State (Same Channel)  
612  
140  
664  
μs  
μs  
μs  
VCO calibration skipped  
VCO calibration skipped  
VCO calibration performed,  
mac_delay_ext1 = 472 μs  
RX Channel Change  
TX Channel Change  
TX Channel Change  
664  
192  
664  
μs  
μs  
μs  
VCO calibration performed  
VCO calibration performed  
VCO calibration performed,  
mac_delay_ext1 = 472 μs  
TX to PHY_RDY State  
PHY_RDY to CCA State  
CCA to PHY_RDY State  
RX to Idle State  
23  
μs  
μs  
μs  
μs  
μs  
μs  
μs  
μs  
μs  
μs  
192  
14.5  
18.5  
30.5  
19  
6
14.5  
18  
TX to Idle State  
Idle to MEAS State  
MEAS to Idle State  
CCA to Idle State  
RX to CCA State  
CCA to RX State  
205  
1 mac_delay_ext setting applies to both RX and TX states. The default setting is 0 μs.  
Rev. 0 | Page 14 of 108  
 
 
 
ADF7242  
Table 12. Timing IEEE 802.15.4-2006 SPORT Mode  
Parameter Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
μs  
μs  
μs  
μs  
Test Conditions/Comments  
t21  
t22  
t23  
t24  
18  
SFD detect to TRCLK_CLKO_GP3 (data bit clock) active delay  
TRCLK_CKO_GP3 bit period  
DR_GP0 to TRCLK_CKO_GP3 falling edge setup time  
TRCLK_CKO_GP3 symbol burst period  
2
0.51  
16  
Table 13. MAC Timing  
Parameter Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
μs  
μs  
Test Conditions/Comments  
t26  
t27  
38  
Time from frame received to rx_pkt_rcvd interrupt generation  
Time allowed, from issuing a RC_TX command, to update  
Register delaycfg2, Bit mac_delay_ext (0x10B[7:0])  
Time allowed, from issuing a RC_TX command, to cancel the RC_TX  
command  
150  
150  
t28  
μs  
tRX_MAC_DELAY  
192  
μs  
μs  
IEEE 802.15.4 mode as defined by the standard  
GFSK/FSK mode as required by state transition timing  
664  
Table 14. Timing GFSK SPORT Mode  
Parameter Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
Test Conditions/Comments  
t29  
14  
μs  
ns  
ns  
RC_PHY_RDY to TRCLK_CKO_GP3 (data clock) off  
DR_GP0 to TRCLK_CKO_GP3 active edge hold time  
DR_GP0 to TRCLK_CKO_GP3 active edge setup time  
TRCLK_CLKO_GP3 clock period  
DT_GP1 to TRCLK_CKO_GP3 sampling edge setup time  
DT_GP1 to TRCLK_CKO_GP3 sampling edge hold time  
PA nominal power to TRCLK_CKO_GP3 activity/entry into TX state  
RC_PHY_RDY to TRCLK_CLKO_GP3 off  
t30  
t31  
t32  
t33  
t34  
t35  
t36  
t37  
t38  
t39  
t40  
t41  
t42  
tSYM/2 − 30  
tSYM/2 − 30  
tSYM  
20  
20  
1.3  
ns  
ns  
μs  
μs  
μs  
ns  
μs  
μs  
us  
μs  
6.2  
14  
10  
RC_PHY_RDY to PA power shutdown  
tSYM/2 − 60  
Sync_word_length × tSYM  
tSYM/2  
IRQ2_TRFS_GP2 rising edge to TRCLK_CKO_GP3 active edge delay  
DR_GP0 activity to end of sync word delay  
Sync word detect to IRQ2_TRFS_GP2 high  
TRCLK_CKO_GP3 active to valid data  
RC_RX command to TRCLK_CKO_GP3 activity delay (calibrations  
performed)  
5 × tSYM  
105  
Sync_word_length × tSYM  
TIMING DIAGRAMS  
SPI Interface Timing Diagram  
CS  
t11  
t2  
t3 t4  
t5  
t9 t10  
SCLK  
MISO  
t1  
t6  
BIT 7  
BIT 6  
BIT 5  
BIT 4  
BIT 3  
BIT 2  
BIT 1  
BIT 0  
BIT 7  
BIT 0  
X
BIT 7  
t8  
t7  
MOSI  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
7
Figure 3. SPI Interface Timing  
Additional description and timing diagrams are available in the Serial Peripheral interface section.  
Rev. 0 | Page 15 of 108  
 
 
 
 
ADF7242  
Sleep-to-Idle SPI Timing  
CS  
t9  
SCLK  
MISO  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
t12  
t6  
t1  
X
Figure 4. Sleep-to-Idle State Timing  
t16  
CS  
RC_RESET OR  
RC_SLEEP  
SPI COMMAND  
TO ADF7242  
IDLE, PHY_RDY, RX  
SLEEP  
IDLE  
DEVICE STATUS  
Figure 5. Wake-Up After an RC_RESET or RC_SLEEP Command  
MAC Delay Timing Diagram  
PACKET  
TRANSMITTED  
FRAME IN TX_BUFFER  
PACKET  
RECEIVED  
VALID IEEE802.15.4-2006 FRAME  
PHY_RDY  
RC_STATUS  
RX  
TX  
tx_mac_delay +  
mac_delay_ext  
t26  
t27,t28  
REGISTER irq_src0, FIELD rc_ready  
REGISTER irq_src1, FIELD rx_pkt_rcvd  
REGISTER irq_src1, FIELD tx_pkt_sent  
Figure 6. IEEE 802.15.4 MAC Timing  
Rev. 0 | Page 16 of 108  
 
 
ADF7242  
IEEE 802.15.4 RX SPORT Mode Timing Diagrams  
Table 15. IEEE 802.15.4 RX SPORT Modes Configurations  
Register rc_cfg, Field rc_mode  
(0x13E[7:0])  
Register gp_cfg, Field gpio_config  
(0x32C[7:0])  
Functionality  
2
0
1
7
Bit clock and data available (see Figure 7)  
Symbol clock and data available (see Figure 8)  
RC_RX  
RC_PHY_RDY  
COMMAND  
PREVIOUS STATE  
RC_STATUS  
RX  
PHY_RDY  
t29  
tRX_MAC_DELAY  
PREAMBLE SFD  
PHR  
t21  
PSDU  
t21  
TRCLK_CKO_GP3  
DR_GP0  
t24  
.....  
DATA  
INVALID  
.....  
.....  
.....  
TRCLK_CKO_GP3  
DR_GP0 .....  
t23  
t22  
Figure 7. IEEE 802.15.4 RX SPORT Mode: Bit Clock and Data Available  
RC_RX  
RC_PHY_RDY  
COMMAND  
PREVIOUS STATE  
RC_STATUS  
RX  
PHY_RDY  
t29  
tRX_MAC_DELAY  
PREAMBLE SFD  
PHR  
t21  
PSDU  
t26  
t21  
TRCLK_CKO_GP3  
1
SYMBOL  
GP6, GP5, GP1, GP0  
[3:0]  
[3:0]  
[3:0]  
[3:0]  
[3:0] [3:0]  
[3:0]  
[3:0]  
1
GP6 = RXEN_GP6  
GP5 = TXEN_GP5  
GP1 = DT_GP1  
GP0 = DR_GP0  
Figure 8. IEEE 802.15.4 RX SPORT Mode: Symbol Clock Output  
Rev. 0 | Page 17 of 108  
 
 
ADF7242  
IEEE 802.15.4 TX SPORT MODE TIMING DIAGRAMS  
Table 16. IEE 802.15.4 TX SPORT Mode Configurations  
Register rc_cfg, Field rc_mode  
(0x13E[7:0])  
Register gp_cfg, Field gpio_config  
(0x32C[7:0])  
Functionality  
3
1 or 4  
Transmission starts after PA ramp up (see Figure 9)  
gpio_config = 1: data clocked in on rising edge of clock  
gpio_config = 4: data clocked in on falling edge of clock  
RC_TX  
RC_PHY_RDY  
PHY_RDY  
t37  
PHY_RDY  
TX  
RC STATE  
PA POWER  
t35  
PACKET  
COMPONENT  
PREAMBLE  
SFD  
PHR  
PSDU  
t36  
TRCLK_CKO_GP3  
DT_GP1  
.....  
PACKET DATA  
.....  
REGISTER gp_cfg, FIELD gpio_config = 1  
DATA CLOCKED IN ON RISING EDGE  
t32  
REGISTER gp_cfg, FIELD gpio_config = 4  
DATA CLOCKED IN ON FALLING EDGE  
t32  
TRCLK_CKO_GP3  
TRCLK_CKO_GP3  
DT_GP1 SAMPLE  
DT_GP1 SAMPLE  
DT_GP1  
DT_GP1  
t33  
t34  
Figure 9. IEEE 802.15.4-2006 TX SPORT Mode  
t33  
t34  
Refer to the SPORT Interface section for further details.  
GFSK/FSK RX SPORT MODE TIMING DIAGRAMS  
Table 17. GFSK/FSK RX SPORT Mode Configurations  
Register rc_cfg, Field rc_mode  
(0x13E[7:0])  
Register gp_cfg, Field gpio_config  
(0x32C[7:0])  
Functionality  
3
3
3
1 or 4  
TRCLK and data pins active in RX, without gating by frame  
detection (see Figure 10)  
gpio_config = 1: data clocked out on falling edge/rising edge  
gpio_config = 4: data clocked out on rising edge/rising edge  
2 or 5  
3 or 6  
TRCLK and Data pins activity gated by preamble detection (see  
Figure 11)  
gpio_config = 2: data clocked out on falling edge/rising edge  
gpio_config = 5: data clocked out on rising edge/rising edge  
TRCLK and data pins activity gated by synchronization word  
detection (see Figure 12)  
gpio_config = 3: data clocked out on falling edge/rising edge  
gpio_config = 6: data clocked out on rising edge/rising edge  
Rev. 0 | Page 18 of 108  
 
 
ADF7242  
RC_RX  
RC_PHY_RDY  
COMMAND  
RC_STATUS  
PREVIOUS STATE  
tRX_MAC_DELAY  
t42  
RX  
PHY_RDY  
t29  
PACKET  
COMPONENT  
SYNC  
WORD  
POST-  
AMBLE  
PREAMBLE  
PAYLOAD  
IRQ2_TRFS_GP2  
TRCLK_CKO_GP3  
DR_GP0  
.....  
.....  
PACKET DATA  
DATA INVALID  
REGISTER gp_cfg, FIELD gpio_config = 1  
DATA CLOCKED OUT ON FALLING EDGE  
REGISTER gp_cfg, FIELD gpio_config = 4  
DATA CLOCKED OUT ON RISING EDGE  
IRQ2_TRFS_GP2  
IRQ2_TRFS_GP2  
t32  
t32  
TRCLK_CKO_GP3  
DR_GP0  
TRCLK_CKO_GP3  
t31  
t31  
t30  
t30  
DR_GP0  
Figure 10. GFSK/FSK RX SPORT Mode: CLK and Data Pins Active in RX, Without Gating by Frame Detection  
RC_RX  
RC_PHY_RDY  
COMMAND  
RC_STATUS  
PREVIOUS STATE  
tRX_MAC_DELAY  
RX  
PHY_RDY  
t29  
PACKET  
COMPONENT  
SYNC  
WORD  
POST-  
AMBLE  
PREAMBLE  
PAYLOAD  
t40  
IRQ2_TRFS_GP2  
t41  
TRCLK_CKO_GP3  
DR_GP0  
.....  
.....  
t39  
PACKET DATA  
DATA INVALID  
REGISTER gp_cfg, FIELD gpio_config = 2  
DATA CLOCKED OUT ON FALLING EDGE  
REGISTER gp_cfg, FIELD gpio_config = 5  
DATA CLOCKED OUT ON RISING EDGE  
IRQ2_TRFS_GP2  
IRQ2_TRFS_GP2  
t38  
t32  
t38  
t32  
TRCLK_CKO_GP3  
DR_GP0  
TRCLK_CKO_GP3  
DR_GP0  
t31  
t31  
t30  
t30  
Figure 11. GFSK/FSK RX SPORT Mode: SCLK and Data Pin Activity Gated By Preamble Detection  
Rev. 0 | Page 19 of 108  
 
 
ADF7242  
RC_RX  
RC_PHY_RDY  
COMMAND  
RC_STATUS  
PREVIOUS STATE  
tRX_MAC_DELAY  
RX  
PHY_RDY  
t29  
SYNC  
WORD  
POST-  
AMBLE  
PACKET  
COMPONENT  
PREAMBLE  
PAYLOAD  
IRQ2_TRFS_GP2  
t40  
TRCLK_CKO_GP3  
DR_GP0  
.....  
t39  
PACKET DATA  
.....  
DATA INVALID  
REGISTER gp_cfg, FIELD gpio_config = 3  
DATA CLOCKED OUT ON FALLING EDGE  
REGISTER gp_cfg, FIELD gpio_config = 6  
DATA CLOCKED OUT ON RISING EDGE  
IRQ2_TRFS_GP2  
IRQ2_TRFS_GP2  
t38  
t38  
t32  
t32  
TRCLK_CKO_GP3  
DR_GP0  
TRCLK_CKO_GP3  
DR_GP0  
t31  
t31  
t30  
t30  
Figure 12. GFSK/FSK RX SPORT Mode: SCLK and Data Pins Activity Gated By Synchronization Word Detection  
GFSK/FSK TX SPORT Mode Timing Diagrams  
Table 18. GFSK/FSK TX SPORT Mode Configurations  
Register rc_cfg, Field rc_mode  
(0x13E[7:0])  
Register gp_cfg, Field gpio_config  
(0x32C[7:0])  
Functionality  
3
1 or 4  
Transmission starts after PA ramp up (see Figure 13)  
gpio_config = 1: data clocked in on rising edge of clock  
gpio_config = 4: data clocked in on falling edge of clock  
Rev. 0 | Page 20 of 108  
 
ADF7242  
RC_TX  
RC_PHY_RDY  
PHY_RDY  
TX  
PHY_RDY  
t37  
RC STATE  
PA POWER  
t35  
SYNC  
WORD  
POST-  
AMBLE  
PACKET  
COMPONENT  
PSDU  
PREAMBLE  
t36  
TRCLK_CKO_GP3  
DT_GP1  
.....  
PACKET DATA  
.....  
REGISTER gp_cfg, FIELD gpio_config = 1  
DATA CLOCKED IN ON RISING EDGE  
t32  
REGISTER gp_cfg, FIELD gpio_config = 4  
DATA CLOCKED IN ON FALLING EDGE  
t32  
TRCLK_CKO_GP3  
TRCLK_CKO_GP3  
DT_GP1 SAMPLE  
DT_GP1 SAMPLE  
DT_GP1  
DT_GP1  
t33  
t34  
Figure 13. GFSK/FSK TX SPORT Mode  
t33  
t34  
Refer to the SPORT Interface section for further details.  
Rev. 0 | Page 21 of 108  
 
ADF7242  
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS  
TA = 25°C, unless otherwise noted.  
The exposed paddle of the LFCSP package should be connected  
to ground.  
Table 19.  
This device is a high performance RF integrated circuit with an  
ESD rating of <2 kV, and it is ESD sensitive. Proper precautions  
should be taken for handling and assembly.  
Parameter  
Rating  
VDD_BAT to GND  
−0.3 V to +3.9 V  
Operating Temperature Range  
Industrial  
Storage Temperature Range  
Maximum Junction Temperature  
LFCSP θJA Thermal Impedance  
Reflow Soldering  
−40°C to +85°C  
−65°C to +125°C  
150°C  
ESD CAUTION  
26°C/W  
Peak Temperature  
Time at Peak Temperature  
260°C  
40 sec  
Stresses above those listed under Absolute Maximum Ratings  
may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress  
rating only; functional operation of the device at these or any  
other conditions above those indicated in the operational  
section of this specification is not implied. Exposure to absolute  
maximum rating conditions for extended periods may affect  
device reliability.  
Rev. 0 | Page 22 of 108  
 
ADF7242  
PIN CONFIGURATION AND FUNCTION DESCRIPTIONS  
CREGRF1  
RBIAS  
1
2
24 CS  
23  
MOSI  
3
4
5
6
7
8
22 SCLK  
21 MISO  
CREGRF2  
RFIO1P  
RFIO1N  
RFIO2P  
RFIO2N  
CREGRF3  
ADF7242  
TOP VIEW  
(Not to Scale)  
20  
19  
IRQ1_GP4  
TRCLK_CKO_GP3  
18 IRQ2_TRFS_GP2  
17 DT_GP1  
NOTES  
1. THE EXPOSED PADDLE MUST BE CONNECTED  
TO GROUND.  
Figure 14. Pin Configuration  
Table 20. Pin Function Descriptions  
Pin No.  
Mnemonic  
Description  
1
CREGRF1  
Regulated Supply Terminal for RF Section. Connect a 220 nF decoupling capacitor from this pin to  
GND.  
2
RBIAS  
Bias Resistor 27 kΩ to Ground.  
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10  
11  
12  
CREGRF2  
RFIO1P  
RFIO1N  
RFIO2P  
RFIO2N  
CREGRF3  
CREGVCO  
VCOGUARD  
CREGSYNTH  
XOSC26P  
Regulated Supply for RF Section. Connect a 100 pF decoupling capacitor to ground.  
Differential RF Input Port 1 (Positive Terminal). A 10 nF coupling capacitor is required.  
Differential RF Input Port 1 (Negative Terminal). A 10 nF coupling capacitor is required.  
Differential RF Input/Output Port 2 (Positive Terminal). A 10 nF coupling capacitor required.  
Differential RF Input/Output Port 2 (Negative Terminal). A 10 nF coupling capacitor required.  
Regulated Supply for RF Section. Connect a 100 pF decoupling capacitor from this pin to GND.  
Regulated Supply for VCO Section. Connect a 220 nF decoupling capacitor from this pin to GND.  
Guard Trench for VCO Section. Connect to Pin 9 (CREGVCO).  
Regulated Supply for PLL Section. Connect a 220 nF decoupling capacitor from this pin to GND.  
Terminal 1 of External Crystal and Loading Capacitor. This pin is no connect (NC) when an external  
oscillator is used.  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
XOSC26N  
DGUARD  
CREGDIG2  
DR_GP0  
Terminal 2 of External Crystal and Loading Capacitor. Input for external oscillator.  
Guard Trench for Digital Section. Connect to Pin 15 (CREGDIG2).  
Regulated Supply for Digital Section. Connect a 220 nF decoupling capacitor to ground.  
SPORT Receive Data Output/General-Purpose IO Port.  
SPORT Transmit Data Input/General-Purpose IO Port.  
Interrupt Request Output 2/Symbol Clock IEEE 802.15.4-2006 Mode/General-Purpose IO Port.  
SPORT Clock Output/General-Purpose IO Port.  
Interrupt Request Output1/General-Purpose IO Port.  
SPI Interface Serial Data Output.  
SPI Interface Data Clock Input.  
SPI Interface Serial Data Input.  
DT_GP1  
IRQ2_TRFS_GP2  
TRCLK_CKO_GP3  
IRQ1_GP4  
MISO  
SCLK  
MOSI  
CS  
SPI Interface Chip Select Input (and Wake-Up Signal).  
TXEN_GP5  
RXEN_GP6  
CREGDIG1  
XOSC32KP_GP7_ATB1  
External PA Enable Signal/General-Purpose IO Port.  
External LNA Enable Signal/General-Purpose IO Port.  
Regulated Supply for Digital Section. Connect a 1 nF decoupling capacitor from this pin to ground.  
Terminal 1 of 32 kHz Crystal Oscillator/General-Purpose IO Port/Analog Test Bus 1.  
Rev. 0 | Page 23 of 108  
 
ADF7242  
Pin No.  
Mnemonic  
Description  
29  
30  
XOSC32KN_ATB2  
VDD_BAT  
Terminal 2 of 32 kHz Crystal Oscillator/Analog Test Bus 2.  
Unregulated Supply Input from Battery.  
31  
32  
33 (EPAD)  
PAVSUP_ATB3  
PABIAOP_ATB4  
GND  
External PA Supply Terminal/Analog Test Bus 3.  
External PA Bias Voltage Output/Analog Test Bus 4.  
Common Ground Terminal. The exposed paddle must be connected to ground.  
Rev. 0 | Page 24 of 108  
ADF7242  
TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS  
80  
70  
60  
50  
40  
30  
20  
10  
0
2.0  
2.405GHz, 1.8V, +25°C  
2.48GHz, 1.8V, +25°C  
1.8  
2.405GHz, 3.6V, +25°C  
2.48GHz, 3.6V, +25°C  
1.6  
2.405GHz, 1.8V, –40°C  
2.48GHz, 1.8V, –40°C  
1.4  
2.405GHz, 3.6V, –40°C  
2.48GHz, 3.6V, –40°C  
1.2  
2.405GHz, 1.8V, +85°C  
2.48GHz, 1.8V, +85°C  
1.0  
2.405GHz, 3.6V, +85°C  
2.48GHz, 3.6V, +85°C  
0.8  
1.8V, +25°C  
0.6  
0.4  
0.2  
0
3.6V, +25°C  
1.8V, –40°C  
3.6V, –40°C  
1.8V, +85°C  
3.6V, +85°C  
–10  
–100  
–90  
–93  
–80  
–70  
–60  
–50  
–40  
–30  
–20  
–45 –40 –35 –30 –25 –20 –15 –10 –5  
0
5
10 15 20 25 30  
RF INPUT POWER LEVEL (dBm)  
BLOCKER FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)  
–96  
Figure 15. IEEE 802.15.4-2006 Packet Mode Sensitivity vs. Temperature and  
VDD_BAT, fCHANNEL = 2.405 GHz, 2.45 GHz, 2.48 GHz, RFIO2  
Figure 18. IEEE 802.15.4-2006 Packet Mode Blocker Rejection vs. Temperature  
and VDD_BAT, Modulated Blocker, PWANTED = −85 dBm + 3 dB,  
f
CHANNEL = 2.45 GHz, RFIO2  
2.0  
80  
70  
60  
50  
40  
30  
20  
10  
0
3.6V, +25°C  
1.8V, +25°C  
3.6V, –40°C  
1.8V, –40°C  
3.6V, +85°C  
1.8V, +85°C  
1.8  
1.6  
1.4  
1.2  
1.0  
0.8  
0.6  
0.4  
0.2  
0
VDD_BAT = 3.6V  
TEMPERATURE = 25°C  
–10  
–20  
–100  
–90  
–80  
–70  
–60  
–50  
–40  
–30  
–20  
–110 –90 –70 –50 –30 –10 10  
50  
70  
90 110  
RF INPUT POWER LEVEL (dBm)  
BLOCKER FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)  
–96.5 –95  
Figure 16. IEEE 802.15.4-2006 Packet Mode PER vs. RF Input Power Level vs.  
Temperature and VDD_BAT, fCHANNEL = 2.45 GHz, RFIO2  
Figure 19. IEEE 802.15.4-2006 Packet Mode Wide-Band Blocker Rejection,  
CW Blocker, PWANTED = −95 dBm + 3 dB, fCHANNEL = 2.45 GHz, RFIO2  
80  
70  
60  
50  
40  
30  
20  
10  
0
2.0  
2.405GHz, 1.8V, +25°C  
2.450GHz, 1.8V, +25°C  
2.475GHz, 1.8V, +25°C  
2.405GHz, 3.6V, +25°C  
2.450GHz, 3.6V, +25°C  
2.475GHz, 3.6V, +25°C  
2.405GHz, 1.8V, –40°C  
2.450GHz, 1.8V, –40°C  
2.475GHz, 1.8V, –40°C  
2.405GHz, 3.6V, –40°C  
2.450GHz, 3.6V, –40°C  
2.475GHz, 3.6V, –40°C  
2.405GHz, 1.8V, +85°C  
2.450GHz, 1.8V, +85°C  
2.475GHz, 1.8V, +85°C  
2.405GHz, 3.6V, +85°C  
1.8  
1.6  
1.4  
1.2  
1.0  
0.8  
0.6  
0.4  
2.450GHz, 3.6V, +85°C  
2.475GHz, 3.6V, +85°C  
VDD_BAT = 3.6V  
TEMPERATURE = 25°C  
–10  
–20  
0.2  
0
–20 –16 –12  
–8  
–4  
0
4
8
12  
16  
20  
–100 –98 –96 –94  
–92 –90 –88 –86 –84 –82 –80  
RF INPUT POWER LEVEL (dBm)  
–96 –93  
BLOCKER FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)  
Figure 17. IEEE 802.15.4 Packet Mode Sensitivity vs. Temperature and  
VDD_BAT, fCHANNEL = 2.405 GHz, 2.45 GHz, 2.475 GHz, RFIO1  
Figure 20. IEEE 802.15.4 Packet Mode Narrow-Band Blocker Rejection,  
CW Blocker, PWANTED = −95 dBm + 3 dB, fCHANNEL = 2.45 GHz, RFIO2  
Rev. 0 | Page 25 of 108  
 
ADF7242  
6
5
4
3
2
1
80  
70  
60  
50  
40  
30  
20  
10  
0
MAX 1.8V, +25°C  
MIN 1.8V, +25°C  
MAX 3.6V, +25°C  
MIN 3.6V, +25°C  
MAX 1.8V, –40°C  
MIN 1.8V, –40°C  
MAX 3.6V, –40°C  
MIN 3.6V, –40°C  
0
–1  
–2  
–3  
–4  
–5  
1.8V, +25°C  
3.6V, +25°C  
1.8V, –40°C  
3.6V, –40°C  
1.8V, +85°C  
3.6V, +85°C  
MAX 1.8V, +85°C  
MIN 1.8V, +85°C  
MAX 3.6V, +85°C  
MIN 3.6V, +85°C  
–6  
–10  
–95 –90 –85 –80 –75 –70 –65 –60 –55 –50 –45 –40 –35 –30 –25 –20  
RF INPUT LEVEL (dBm)  
–45 –40 –35 –30 –25 –20 –15 –10 –5  
0
5
10 15 20 25 30  
BLOCKER FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)  
Figure 24. IEEE 802.15.4 Packet Mode RSSI Error vs. RF Input Power Level vs.  
Temperature and VDD_BAT, fCHANNEL = 2.45 GHz, RFIO2  
Figure 21. IEEE 802.15.4 Packet Mode Wide-Band Blocker Rejection vs.  
Temperature and VDD_BAT, Modulated Blocker, PWANTED = −95 dBm + 3 dB,  
f
CHANNEL = 2.45 GHz, RFIO2  
80  
70  
60  
50  
40  
30  
20  
10  
0
275  
250  
225  
200  
175  
150  
125  
MAX 1.8V, +25°C  
MAX 3.6V, +25°C  
MAX 1.8V, –40°C  
MAX 3.6V, –40°C  
MAX 1.8V, +85°C  
MAX 3.6V, +85°C  
MIN 1.8V, +25°C  
MIN 3.6V, +25°C  
MIN 1.8V, –40°C  
MIN 3.6V, –40°C  
MIN 1.8V, +85°C  
MIN 3.6V, +85°C  
100  
75  
1.8V, +25°C  
3.6V, +25°C  
1.8V, –40°C  
3.6V, –40°C  
1.8V, +85°C  
3.6V, +85°C  
50  
25  
0
–10  
–100 –95 –90 –85 –80 –75 –70 –65 –60 –55 –50 –45 –40 –35 –30 –2520  
–20 –16 –12  
–8  
–4  
0
4
8
12  
16  
20  
RF INPUT LEVEL (dBm)  
INTERFERER FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)  
Figure 22. IEEE 802.15.4 Packet Mode Narrow-Band Blocker Rejection vs.  
Temperature and VDD_BAT, Modulated Blocker, PWANTED = −95 dBm + 3 dB,  
fCHANNEL = 2.45 GHz, RFIO2  
Figure 25. IEEE 802.15.4 Packet Mode SQI vs. RF Input Power Level vs.  
Temperature and VDD_BAT, fCHANNEL = 2.45 GHz, RFIO2  
110  
–20  
THRESHOLD =  
100  
CHANNEL 2.405GHz  
CHANNEL 2.48GHz  
–22  
–80  
–70  
–60  
–50  
dBm  
–40  
dBm  
–30  
dBm  
–20  
dBm  
dBm  
dBm dBm  
90  
80  
70  
60  
50  
40  
30  
–24  
–26  
–28  
–30  
–90  
dBm  
–32  
–34  
–36  
20  
10  
0
–110 –90 –70 –50 –30 –10 10  
30  
50  
70  
90 110  
–90 –85 –80 –75 –70 –65 –60 –55 –50 –45 –40 –35 –30 –25 –20 –15  
RF INPUT POWER LEVEL (dBm)  
BLOCKER FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)  
Figure 26. IEEE 802.15.4-2006 CCA Operation vs. RSSI Threshold,  
fCHANNEL = 2.45 GHz, VDD_BAT = 3.6 V, Temperature = 25°C, RFIO2 Port  
Figure 23. IEEE 802.15.4 Packet Mode Out-of-Band Blocker Rejection,  
CW Blocker, PWANTED = −95 dBm + 3 dB, fCHANNEL = 2.405 GHz and 2.48 GHz,  
RFIO2, VDD_BAT = 3.6 V, Temperature = 25°C  
Rev. 0 | Page 26 of 108  
ADF7242  
–78  
–79  
–80  
–81  
–82  
–83  
–84  
–85  
–86  
–87  
–88  
–89  
–90  
–91  
–92  
–93  
–94  
–95  
–96  
–97  
2.0  
1.8  
1.6  
1.4  
1.2  
1.0  
0.8  
0.6  
0.4  
0.2  
0
VDD_BAT = 3.6V  
TEMPERATURE = 25°C  
1.8V, +25°C  
3.6V, +25°C  
1.8V, –40°C  
3.6V, –40°C  
1.8V, +85°C  
3.6V, +85°C  
2000  
1000  
500  
250  
125  
100  
62.5  
50  
–90  
–80  
–70  
–60  
–50  
–40  
–30  
–20  
DATA RATE (kbps)  
RF INPUT POWER LEVEL (dBm)  
–85 –83  
Figure 27. PER vs. RF Input Power Level vs. Temperature and VDD_BAT,  
Figure 30. 1% PER sensitivity vs. Data Rate, fCHANNEL = 2.45 GHz, RFIO2  
2 Mbps GFSK (fDEV  
=
500 kHz) Mode, fCHANNEL = 2.45 GHz, RFIO2  
2.0  
1.8  
1.6  
1.4  
1.2  
1.0  
0.8  
0.6  
0.4  
0.2  
0
0
1.8V, +25°C  
3.6V, +25°C  
1.8V, –40°C  
3.6V, –40°C  
1.8V, +85°C  
3.6V, +85°C  
1.8V, +25°C  
3.6V, +25°C  
1.8V, –40°C  
3.6V, –40°C  
1.8V, +85°C  
3.6V, +85°C  
–1  
–2  
–3  
–4  
–5  
–6  
–7  
–8  
–100  
–90  
–87  
–80  
–70  
–60  
–50  
–40  
–30  
–20  
–90  
–80  
–92.5 –90.5  
–70  
–60  
–50  
–40  
–30  
–20  
RF INPUT POWER LEVEL (dBm)  
RF INPUT POWER LEVEL (dBm)  
–86  
Figure 28. PER vs. RF Input Power Level vs. Temperature and VDD_BAT,  
Figure 31. BER vs. RF Input Power Level vs. Temperature and VDD_BAT,  
500 kbps GFSK (fDEV  
=
250 kHz) Mode, fCHANNEL = 2.45 GHz, RFIO2  
2 Mbps GFSK (fDEV  
=
500 kHz) Mode, fCHANNELS= 2.45 GHz, RFIO2  
2.0  
1.8  
1.6  
1.4  
1.2  
1.0  
0.8  
0.6  
0.4  
0.2  
0
0
1.8V, +25°C  
3.6V, +25°C  
1.8V, –40°C  
3.6V, –40°C  
1.8V, +85°C  
3.6V, +85°C  
1.8V, +25°C  
3.6V, +25°C  
1.8V, –40°C  
3.6V, –40°C  
1.8V, +85°C  
3.6V, +85°C  
–1  
–2  
–3  
–4  
–5  
–6  
–7  
–8  
–100  
–90  
–80  
–70  
–60  
–50  
–40  
–30  
–20  
–100  
–94.5  
–90  
–92.5  
–80  
–70  
–60  
–50  
–40  
–30  
–20  
RF INPUT POWER LEVEL (dBm)  
RF INPUT POWER LEVEL (dBm)  
–90.5  
–89  
Figure 29. PER vs. RF Input Power Level vs. Temperature and VDD_BAT,  
125 kbps FSK (fDEV 60 kHz) Mode, fCHANNEL = 2.45 GHz, RFIO2  
Figure 32. BER vs. RF Input Power Level vs. Temperature and VDD_BAT,  
1 Mbps GFSK (fDEV 250 kHz) Mode, fCHANNEL = 2.45 GHz, RFIO2  
=
=
Rev. 0 | Page 27 of 108  
ADF7242  
0
–1  
–2  
–3  
–4  
–5  
70  
60  
50  
1.8V, +25°C  
3.6V, +25°C  
1.8V, –40°C  
3.6V, –40°C  
1.8V, +85°C  
3.6V, +85°C  
40  
30  
20  
10  
3.6V, +25°C  
1.8V, +25°C  
3.6V, +85°C  
1.8V, +85°C  
3.6V, –40°C  
1.8V, –40°C  
–6  
–7  
–8  
0
–10  
–20  
–100  
–90  
–80  
–70  
–60  
–50  
–40  
–30  
–20  
–20 –16 –12  
–8  
–4  
0
4
8
12  
16  
20  
RF INPUT POWER LEVEL (dBm)  
BLOCKER FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)  
–94.1 –92.8  
Figure 36. Narrow-Band Blocker Rejection vs. Temperature and VDD_BAT,  
CW Blocker, 2 Mbps GFSK (fDEV 500 kHz) Packet Mode,  
WANTED = −85 dBm + 3 dB, fCHANNEL = 2.45 GHz, RFIO2  
Figure 33. BER vs. RF Input Power Level vs. Temperature and VDD_BAT,  
=
500 kbps GFSK (fDEV  
=
250 kHz) Mode, fCHANNEL = 2.45 GHz, RFIO2  
P
–83  
–84  
–85  
–86  
–87  
–88  
–89  
–90  
70  
60  
50  
VDD_BAT = 3.6V  
TEMPERATURE = 25°C  
40  
30  
20  
10  
–91  
–92  
–93  
3.6V, +25°C  
1.8V, +25°C  
3.6V, +85°C  
1.8V, +85°C  
3.6V, –40°C  
1.8V, –40°C  
–94  
–95  
0
–10  
–96  
–97  
–20  
2000  
1000  
500  
250  
125  
62.5  
50  
–100 –80 –60 –40 –20  
0
20  
40  
60  
80  
100  
DATA RATE (kbps)  
BLOCKER FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)  
Figure 34. 0.1% BER Sensitivity vs. Data Rate, fCHANNEL = 2.45 GHz, RFIO2  
Figure 37. Wideband Blocker Rejection vs. Temperature and VDD_BAT,  
Modulated Blocker, 2 Mbps GFSK (fDEV 500 kHz) Packet Mode,  
=
PWANTED = −85 dBm + 3 dB, fCHANNEL = 2.45 GHz, RFIO2  
70  
60  
50  
70  
60  
50  
40  
30  
40  
30  
20  
10  
20  
3.6V, +25°C  
1.8V, +25°C  
3.6V, +85°C  
1.8V, +85°C  
3.6V, –40°C  
1.8V, –40°C  
3.6V, +25°C  
1.8V, +25°C  
3.6V, +85°C  
1.8V, +85°C  
3.6V, –40°C  
1.8V, –40°C  
10  
0
0
–10  
–10  
–20  
–20  
–20 –16 –12  
–8  
–4  
0
4
8
12  
16  
20  
–100 –80 –60 –40 –20  
0
20  
40  
60  
80  
100  
BLOCKER FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)  
BLOCKER FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)  
Figure 35. Wideband Blocker Rejection vs. Temperature and VDD_BAT,  
CW Blocker, 2 Mbps GFSK (fDEV 500 kHz) Packet Mode,  
WANTED = −85 dBm + 3 dB, fCHANNEL = 2.45 GHz, RFIO2  
Figure 38. Narrow-Band Blocker Rejection vs. Temperature and VDD_BAT,  
Modulated Blocker, 2 Mbps GFSK (fDEV 500 kHz) Packet Mode,  
PWANTED = −85 dBm + 3 dB, fCHANNEL = 2.45 GHz, RFIO2  
=
=
P
Rev. 0 | Page 28 of 108  
ADF7242  
80  
70  
60  
50  
40  
30  
20  
10  
0
80  
70  
60  
50  
40  
30  
20  
10  
0
3.6V, +25°C  
1.8V, +25°C  
3.6V, +85°C  
1.8V, +85°C  
3.6V, –40°C  
1.8V, –40°C  
3.6V, +25°C  
1.8V, +25°C  
3.6V, +85°C  
1.8V, +85°C  
3.6V, –40°C  
1.8V, –40°C  
–10  
–20  
–10  
–20  
–60 –50 –40 –30 –20 –10  
0
10 20 30 40 50 60  
–20 –16 –12  
–8  
–4  
0
4
8
12  
16  
20  
BLOCKER FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)  
BLOCKER FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)  
Figure 39. Wideband Blocker Rejection vs. Temperature and VDD_BAT,  
CW Blocker, 125 kbps FSK (fDEV 500 kHz) Packet Mode,  
WANTED = −94 dBm + 3 dB, fCHANNEL = 2.45 GHz, RFIO2  
Figure 42. Narrow-Band Blocker Rejection vs. Temperature and VDD_BAT,  
Modulated Blocker,125 kbps FSK (fDEV 60 kHz) Packet Mode,  
=
=
P
PWANTED = −94 dBm + 3 dB, fCHANNEL = 2.45 GHz, RFIO2  
80  
70  
60  
50  
40  
30  
20  
10  
0
70  
60  
50  
40  
30  
20  
1.8V, +25°C  
3.6V, +25°C  
1.8V, –40°C  
3.6V, –40°C  
1.8V, +85°C  
3.6V, +85°C  
3.6V, +25°C  
1.8V, +25°C  
3.6V, +85°C  
1.8V, +85°C  
3.6V, –40°C  
1.8V, –40°C  
10  
0
–10  
–20  
–10  
–20  
–20 –16 –12  
–8  
–4  
0
4
8
12  
16  
20  
–110 –90 –70 –50 –30 –10 10  
30  
50  
70  
90 110  
BLOCKER FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)  
BLOCKER FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)  
Figure 40. Narrow-Band Blocker Rejection vs. Temperature and VDD_BAT,  
CW Blocker, 125 kbps FSK (fDEV 60 kHz) Packet Mode,  
Figure 43. Wideband Blocker Rejection vs. Temperature and VDD_BAT,  
CW Blocker, 2 Mbps GFSK (fDEV 500 kHz) SPORT Mode,  
WANTED = −87.5 dBm + 3 dB, fCHANNEL = 2.45 GHz, RFIO2  
=
=
PWANTED = −94 dBm + 3 dB, fCHANNEL = 2.45 GHz, RFIO2  
P
80  
70  
60  
50  
40  
30  
20  
10  
0
70  
60  
50  
40  
30  
1.8V, +25°C  
3.6V, +25°C  
1.8V, –40°C  
3.6V, –40°C  
1.8V, +85°C  
3.6V, +85°C  
3.6V, +25°C  
1.8V, +25°C  
3.6V, +85°C  
1.8V, +85°C  
3.6V, –40°C  
1.8V, –40°C  
–10  
–20  
–60 –50 –40 –30 –20 –10  
0
10 20 30 40 50 60  
–20 –16 –12  
–8  
–4  
0
4
8
12  
16  
20  
BLOCKER FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)  
BLOCKER FREQUENCY OFFSET (MHz)  
Figure 41. Wideband Blocker Rejection vs. Temperature and VDD_BAT,  
Modulated Blocker,125 kbps FSK (fDEV 60 kHz) Packet Mode,  
PWANTED = −94 dBm + 3 dB, fCHANNEL = 2.45 GHz, RFIO2  
Figure 44. Narrow-Band Blocker Rejection vs. Temperature and VDD_BAT,  
CW Blocker, 2 Mbps GFSK (fDEV 500 kHz) SPORT Mode,  
PWANTED = −87.5 dBm + 3 dB, fCHANNEL = 2.45 GHz, RFIO2  
=
=
Rev. 0 | Page 29 of 108  
ADF7242  
4
0
–10  
–20  
–30  
MIN 1.8V, –40°C  
MIN 3.6V, –40°C  
MIN 1.8V, +85°C  
MIN 3.6V, +85°C  
MAX 1.8V, +25°C  
MAX 1.8V, +85°C  
MAX 3.6V, +85°C  
MIN 1.8V, +25°C  
MIN 3.6V, +25°C  
500kbps AFC ON  
500kbps AFC OFF  
MAX 3.6V, +25°C  
MAX 1.8V, –40°C  
MAX 3.6V, –40°C  
3
2
1
0
–40  
–50  
–60  
–1  
–2  
–3  
–4  
–70  
–80  
–90  
–100  
–85 –80 –75 –70 –65 –60 –55 –50 –45 –40 –35 –30 –25 –20 –15  
RF INPUT POWER LEVEL (dBm)  
FREQUENCY ERROR (kHz)  
Figure 48. PER vs. Frequency Error with and Without AFC, 500 kbps GFSK  
Figure 45. Minimum and Maximum RSSI Error for 1000 Packets vs. RF Input  
(fDEV  
=
250 kHz) Mode, fCHANNEL = 2.45 GHz, RFIO2, VDD_BAT = 3.6 V,  
Temperature = 25°C  
Power Level vs. Temperature and VDD_BAT, 2 Mbps GFSK (fDEV  
Packet Mode, fCHANNEL = 2.45GHz, RFIO2  
= 500 kHz)  
6
1.2  
1.0  
0.8  
0.6  
MAX 1.8V, +25°C  
MAX 3.6V, +25°C  
MAX 1.8V, –40°C  
MAX 3.6V, –40°C  
MAX 1.8V, +85°C  
MAX 3.6V, +85°C  
MIN 1.8V, +25°C  
MIN 3.6V, +25°C  
5
4
3
2
1
0.4  
0.2  
PACKET  
ERROR  
RATE (%)  
0
0
–1  
–2  
–3  
–4  
–5  
–0.2  
–0.4  
–0.6  
–0.8  
–1.0  
–1.2  
–1.4  
>1%  
<1%  
MIN 1.8V, –40°C  
MIN 3.6V, –40°C  
MIN 1.8V, +85°C  
MIN 3.6V, +85°C  
–6  
–95 –90 –85 –80 –75 –70 –65 –60 –55 –50 –45 –40 –35 –30 –25 –20 –15  
RF INPUT POWER LEVEL (dBm)  
FREQUENCY ERROR (MHz)  
Figure 49. PER vs. Frequency Error vs. Symbol Rate Tolerance, 2 Mbps GFSK  
Figure 46. Minimum and Maximum RSSI Error for 1000 Packets vs. RF Input  
(fDEV  
=
500 kHz) Mode, fCHANNEL = 2.45 GHz, VDD_BAT = 3.6 V,  
Temperature = 25°C, RFIO2  
Power Level vs. Temperature and VDD_BAT, 500 kbps FSK (fDEV  
Packet Mode, fCHANNEL = 2.45 GHz, RFIO2  
= 250 kHz)  
0
–10  
–20  
–30  
–40  
–50  
0
1.8V, +25°C  
3.6V, +25°C  
1.8V, –40°C  
3.6V, –40°C  
1.8V, +85°C  
3.6V, +85°C  
2Mbps AFC ON  
2Mbps AFC OFF  
–10  
–20  
–30  
–40  
–50  
–60  
–70  
–60  
–70  
–80  
–90  
–5  
–4  
–3  
–2  
–1  
0
1
2
3
4
5
FREQUENCY ERROR (kHz)  
FREQUENCY ERROR (kHz)  
Figure 47. PER vs. Frequency Error with and Without AFC, 2 Mbps GFSK  
Figure 50. IEEE 802.15.4-2006 Transmitter Spectrum vs. Temperature and  
VDD_BAT, fCHANNEL = 2.45 GHz, Output Power = 3 dBm  
(fDEV  
=
500 kHz) Mode, fCHANNEL = 2.45 GHz, RFIO2, VDD_BAT = 3.6 V,  
Temperature = 25°C  
Rev. 0 | Page 30 of 108  
ADF7242  
0
–5  
2.5  
2.4  
2.3  
2.2  
2.1  
2.0  
1.9  
1.8V, +25°C  
EVM 1.8V, +25°C  
EVM 3.6V, +25°C  
EVM 1.8V, –40°C  
EVM 3.6V, –40°C  
EVM 1.8V, +85°C  
EVM 3.6V, +85°C  
3.6V, +25°C  
1.8V, –40°C  
3.6V, –40°C  
1.8V, +85°C  
3.6V, +85°C  
–10  
–15  
–20  
–25  
–30  
–35  
–40  
–45  
–50  
–55  
1.8  
1.7  
1.6  
1.5  
1.4  
1.3  
1.2  
1.1  
–60  
–65  
–70  
1.0  
2405  
–1.00 –0.75 –0.50 –0.25  
0
0.25  
0.50  
0.75  
1.00  
2415  
2425  
2435  
2445  
2455  
2465  
2475  
FREQUENCY OFFSET FROM THE RF CARRIER (MHz)  
CHANNEL FREQUENCY (MHz)  
Figure 54. 125 Mbps FSK (fDEV  
Temperature and VDD_BAT, fCHANNEL = 2.45 GHz, Output Power = 3 dBm  
= 60 kHz) Mode Transmitter Spectrum vs.  
Figure 51. IEEE 802.15.4-2006 Transmitter EVM vs. Temperature and  
VDD_BAT at All Channels,Output Power = 3 dBm  
600  
–5  
1.8V, +25°C  
–10  
–15  
–20  
–25  
–30  
–35  
500  
400  
300  
200  
100  
3.6V, +25°C  
1.8V, –40°C  
3.6V, –40°C  
3.6V, +85°C  
1.8V, +85°C  
0
–100  
–200  
–300  
–400  
–500  
–40  
–45  
–50  
–55  
–60  
–65  
–600  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16  
–5  
–4  
–3  
–2  
–1  
0
1
2
3
4
5
SYMBOL SAMPLE INSTANT  
FREQUENCY OFFSET FROM THE RF CARRIER (MHz)  
Figure 55. 2 Mbps GFSK (fDEV  
= 500 kHz) Mode Transmitter Eye Diagram,  
Figure 52. 2 Mbps GFSK (fDEV  
=
500 kHz) Mode Transmitter Spectrum vs.  
fCHANNEL = 2.45 GHz, Output Power = 3 dBm, VDD_BAT = 3.6 V,  
Temperature = 25°C  
Temperature and VDD_BAT, fCHANNEL = 2.45 GHz, Output Power = 3 dBm  
0
300  
1.8V, +25°C  
3.6V, +25°C  
1.8V, –40°C  
3.6V, –40°C  
1.8V, +85°C  
3.6V, +85°C  
–5  
250  
200  
150  
100  
50  
–10  
–15  
–20  
–25  
–30  
–35  
–40  
–45  
–50  
–55  
0
–50  
–100  
–150  
–200  
–250  
–60  
–65  
–70  
–300  
–2.5 –2.0 –1.5 –1.0 –0.5  
0
0.5  
1.0  
1.5  
2.0  
2.5  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16  
FREQUENCY OFFSET FROM THE RF CARRIER (MHz)  
SYMBOL SAMPLE INSTANT  
Figure 53. 500 kbps GFSK (fDEV  
=
250 kHz) Mode Transmitter Spectrum vs.  
Figure 56. 500 kbps FSK (fDEV = 250 kHz) Mode Transmitter Eye Diagram,  
Temperature and VDD_BAT, fCHANNEL = 2.45 GHz, Output Power = 3 dBm  
fCHANNEL = 2.45 GHz, Output Power = 3 dBm, VDD_BAT = 3.6 V,  
Temperature = 25°C  
Rev. 0 | Page 31 of 108  
ADF7242  
10.0  
5.5  
5.0  
4.5  
3.6V, +25°C  
1.8V, +25°C  
3.6V, –40°C  
1.8V, –40°C  
3.6V, +85°C  
1.8V, +85°C  
9.5  
9.0  
8.5  
8.0  
7.5  
7.0  
4.0  
6.5  
6.0  
5.5  
5.0  
3.5  
3.0  
3.6V, +25°C  
1.8V, +25°C  
3.6V, –40°C  
1.8V, –40°C  
3.6V, +85°C  
1.8V, +85°C  
2400  
2410  
2420  
2430  
2440  
2450  
2460  
2470 2480  
2400  
2410  
2420  
2430  
2440  
2450  
2460  
2470  
2480  
RF CARRIER FREQUENCY (MHz)  
RF CARRIER FREQUENCY (MHz)  
Figure 57. 2 Mbps GFSK (fDEV  
=
500 kHz) Mode Transmitter Phase Error vs.  
Figure 60. 500 kbps GFSK (fDEV  
= 250 kHz) Mode Transmitter Phase Error vs.  
Temperature, VDD_BAT, and Channels, 1 MHz Channel Step,  
Output Power = 3 dBm  
Temperature, VDD_BAT, and Channels, 1 MHz Channel Step,  
Output Power = 3 dBm  
26.0  
8.0  
3.6V, +25°C  
1.8V, +25°C  
3.6V, –40°C  
1.8V, –40°C  
3.6V, +85°C  
1.8V, +85°C  
3.6V, +25°C  
1.8V, +25°C  
3.6V, –40°C  
1.8V, –40°C  
3.6V, +85°C  
1.8V, +85°C  
25.5  
25.0  
24.5  
24.0  
23.5  
23.0  
22.5  
22.0  
7.5  
7.0  
6.5  
6.0  
5.5  
5.0  
4.5  
4.0  
2400  
2410  
2420  
2430  
2440  
2450  
2460  
2470  
2480  
2400  
2410  
2420  
2430  
2440  
2450  
2460  
2470 2480  
RF CARRIER FREQUENCY (MHz)  
RF CARRIER FREQUENCY (MHz)  
Figure 58. 2 Mbps GFSK (fDEV  
= 500 kHz) Mode Transmitter MER vs.  
Figure 61. 250 kbps GFSK (fDEV  
=
250 kHz) Mode Transmitter Phase Error vs.  
Temperature, VDD_BAT, and Channels, 1 MHz Channel Step,  
Output Power = 3 dBm  
Temperature, VDD_BAT, and Channels, 1 MHz Channel Step,  
Output Power = 3 dBm  
8.0  
7.5  
7.0  
6.5  
6.0  
5.5  
5.0  
5.5  
5.0  
4.5  
3.6V, +25°C  
1.8V, +25°C  
3.6V, –40°C  
1.8V, –40°C  
3.6V, +85°C  
1.8V, +85°C  
4.0  
3.5  
3.0  
3.6V, +25°C  
1.8V, +25°C  
3.6V, –40°C  
1.8V, –40°C  
3.6V, +85°C  
1.8V, +85°C  
4.5  
4.0  
2400  
2410  
2420  
2430  
2440  
2450  
2460  
2470 2480  
2400  
2410  
2420  
2430  
2440  
2450  
2460  
2470  
2480  
RF CARRIER FREQUENCY (MHz)  
RF CARRIER FREQUENCY (MHz)  
Figure 62. 125 kbps FSK (fDEV  
= 60 kHz) Mode Transmitter Phase Error vs.  
Figure 59. 1 Mbps GFSK (fDEV  
=
250 kHz) Mode Transmitter Phase Error vs.  
Temperature, VDD_BAT, and Channels, 1 MHz Channel Step,  
Output Power = 3 dBm  
Temperature, VDD_BAT, and Channels, 1 MHz Channel Step,  
Output Power = 3 dBm  
Rev. 0 | Page 32 of 108  
ADF7242  
7.0  
6.5  
6.0  
5.5  
5.0  
2.5  
0
–2.5  
–5.0  
–7.5  
5.0  
4.5  
4.0  
3.5  
3.0  
2.5  
2.0  
–10.0  
–12.5  
–15.0  
–17.5  
–20.0  
–22.5  
–25.0  
–27.5  
HIGH POWER MODE  
DEFAULT MODE  
2000  
411  
409.6  
291  
289  
185  
113.6  
6
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16  
DATA RATE (kbps)  
POWER AMPLIFIER CONTROL WORD  
Figure 63. Transmitter Phase Error vs. Data Rate for Each of the Transmitter  
Bandwidth LUTs, fCHANNEL = 2.45 GHz, Output Power = 3 dBm  
Figure 66. Transmitter Output Power vs. Control Word for Default and High  
Power Modes, fCHANNEL = 2.45 GHz, VDD_BAT = 3.6 V, Temperature = 25°C,  
RF Carrier Frequency, Temperature, and VDD_BAT  
(A discrete matching network and a harmonic filter are used as per the  
ADF7242 reference design.)  
4.0  
3.5  
3.0  
2.5  
2.0  
26.0  
25.5  
25.0  
24.5  
24.0  
HIGH POWER MODE  
DEFAULT MODE  
23.5  
23.0  
22.5  
22.0  
21.5  
21.0  
20.5  
20.0  
19.5  
19.0  
18.5  
18.0  
17.5  
17.0  
16.5  
16.0  
1.5  
3.6V, +85°C  
3.6V, +25°C  
3.6V, –40°C  
1.8V, –40°C  
1.8V, +25°C  
1.0  
0.5  
1.8V, +80°C  
0
2.40  
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12 13 14 15  
2.41  
2.42  
2.43  
2.44  
2.45  
2.46 2.47  
2.48  
POWER AMPLIFIER CONTROL WORD  
FREQUENCY (GHz)  
Figure 64. PA Output Power vs. RF Carrier Frequency, Temperature, and VDD_BAT  
(A discrete matching network and a harmonic filter are used as per the  
ADF7242 reference design.)  
Figure 67. Transmitter Current Consumption vs. Control Word, for Default  
and High Power Modes, fCHANNEL = 2.45 GHz, VDD_BAT = 3.6 V,  
Temperature = 25°C  
85  
4
3 SIGMA TEMPERATURE ERROR  
TEMPERATURE READING (LINEAR FITTING)  
TEMPERATURE READING  
80  
75  
70  
2
0
65  
60  
(POLYNOMIAL FITTING)  
–2  
55  
–4  
–6  
–8  
50  
45  
40  
35  
30  
–10  
–12  
–14  
25  
20  
15  
10  
5
–16  
0
–18  
–20  
3.6V, +85°C  
3.6V, +25°C  
3.6V, –40°C  
1.8V, –40°C  
1.8V, +25°C  
1.8V, +80°C  
–5  
–10  
–15  
–20  
–25  
–30  
–35  
–40  
–22  
–24  
–26  
–28  
–40 –30 –20 –10  
0
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80  
TEMPERATURE (°C)  
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12 13 14 15  
PA LEVEL SETTING  
Figure 68. Temperature Sensor Performance  
(Average of 1000 ADC Readbacks) and 3-∑ Error vs. Temperature,  
VDD_BAT = 3.6 V  
Figure 65. PA Output Power vs. Control Word, Temperature, and VDD_BAT,  
fCHANNEL = 2.44 GHz  
(A discrete matching network and a harmonic filter are used as per the  
ADF7242 reference design.)  
Rev. 0 | Page 33 of 108  
 
ADF7242  
TERMINOLOGY  
MSK  
ACK  
Minimum shift keying  
IEEE 802.15.4-2006 acknowledgment frame  
NC  
ADC  
Not connected  
Analog-to-digital converter  
OCL  
AFC  
Offset correction loop  
Automatic frequency correction  
OQPSK  
AGC  
Offset-quadrature phase shift keying  
Automatic gain control  
PA  
Battmon  
Battery monitor  
Power amplifier  
PHR  
PHY header  
CCA  
Clear channel assessment  
PHY  
Physical layer  
BBRAM  
Backup battery random access memory  
POR  
Power-on reset  
CRC  
Cyclic redundancy check  
PSDU  
PHY service data unit  
CSMA/CA  
Carrier-sense-multiple-access with collision avoidance  
RC  
DR  
Data rate  
Radio controller  
RCO32K  
32 kHz RC oscillator  
DSSS  
Direct sequence spread spectrum  
RSSI  
FCS  
Receive signal strength indicator  
Frame check sequence  
RTC  
Real-time clock  
FHSS  
Frequency hopping spread spectrum  
SFD  
FCF  
Start-of-frame delimiter  
Frame control field  
SQI  
FSK  
Signal quality indicator  
Frequency shift keying  
SWD  
Sync word detect  
GFSK  
Gaussian frequency shift keying  
VCO  
LQI  
Voltage-controlled oscillator  
Link quality indicator  
WUC  
Wake-up controller  
MCR  
Modem configuration register  
XTO26M  
26 MHz crystal oscillator  
MCU  
Microcontroller unit  
XTO32K  
32 kHz crystal oscillator  
MER  
Modulation error ratio  
Rev. 0 | Page 34 of 108  
 
ADF7242  
RADIO CONTROLLER  
COLD START  
(BATTERY APPLIED)  
CONFIGURE DEVICE  
FIRMWARE DOWNLOAD  
FOR EXAMPLE, IEEE 802.15.4 AUTO-MODES  
WUC TIMEOUT  
RC_MEAS  
RC_IDLE  
CS  
MEAS  
IDLE  
SLEEP  
RC_SLEEP  
RC_SLEEP  
(FROM ANY STATE)  
RC_RESET  
(FROM ANY STATE)  
CCA COMPLETE  
RC_PHY_RDY  
CCA  
PHY_RDY  
RC_CCA  
RC_TX  
RC_RX  
RX  
TX  
RC_RX  
RC_TX  
2
AUTO_RX_TO_TX_TURNAROUND  
AUTO_TX_TO_RX_TURNAROUND  
2
1
2
AVAILABLE IN IEEE 802.15.4 MODE OR IN FSK/GFSK PACKET MODE.  
THESE TRANSITIONS ARE CONFIGURED IN BUFFERCFG (0x107[3:2]).  
KEY  
STATE TRANSITION INITIATED BY HOST MCU  
AUTOMATIC STATE TRANSITION INITIATED BY RADIO CONTROLLER  
RADIO STATE  
Figure 69. ADF7242 State Diagram  
Rev. 0 | Page 35 of 108  
 
 
ADF7242  
The ADF7242 incorporates a radio controller that manages the  
state of the IC in various operating modes and configurations.  
The host MCU can use single-byte commands to interface to  
the radio controller. The function of the radio controller  
includes the control of the sequence of powering up and  
powering down various blocks as well as system calibrations in  
different states of the device. Figure 69 shows the state diagram  
of the ADF7242 with possible transitions that are initiated by  
the host MCU and automatically by the radio controller.  
The PHY_RDY state can be entered from the idle, RX, TX, or  
CCA state by issuing an RC_PHY_RDY command.  
RX State  
The RF frequency synthesizer is automatically calibrated to the  
programmed channel frequency upon entering the RX state  
from the PHY_RDY or TX state. The frequency synthesizer  
calibration can be omitted for single-channel communication  
systems if short turnaround times are required. Following a  
programmable MAC delay period, the ADF7242 starts  
searching for a preamble and a synchronization word if enabled  
by the user.  
Device Initialization  
When the battery voltage is first applied to the ADF7242, a cold  
start-up sequence should be followed, as shown in Figure 70.  
The start-up sequence is as follows:  
The RX state can be entered from the PHY_RDY, CCA, and TX  
states by issuing an RC_RX command. Depending on whether  
the device is configured to operate in packet or SPORT mode by  
setting Register buffercfg, Field rx_buffer_mode, the device can  
revert automatically to the PHY_RDY state when a packet is  
received, or remain in the RX state until a command to enter a  
different state is issued. Refer to the Receiver section for further  
details.  
Apply the battery voltage, VDD_BAT, to the device with  
the desired voltage ramp rate. After a time, tRAMP  
VDD_BAT reaches its final voltage value.  
,
After tRAMP, execute the SPI command, RC_RESET. This  
command resets and shuts down the device.  
CS  
After the specified time, t15, the host MCU can set the  
port of the SPI low.  
CCA State  
Wait until the MISO output of the SPI (SPI_READY flag)  
goes high, at which time the device is in the idle state and  
ready to accept commands.  
Upon entering the CCA state, a clear channel assessment is  
performed. The CCA state can be entered from the PHY_RDY  
or RX state by issuing an RC_CCA command. By default, upon  
completion of the clear channel assessment, the ADF7242  
automatically reverts to the state from which the RC_CCA  
command originated.  
CS  
A power-on reset takes place when the host MCU sets the  
port of the SPI low. All device LDOs are enabled together with  
the 26 MHz crystal oscillator and the digital core. After the  
radio controller initializes the configuration registers to their  
default values, the device enters the idle state.  
TX State  
Upon entering the TX state, the RF frequency synthesizer is  
automatically calibrated to the programmed channel frequency.  
The frequency synthesizer calibration can be omitted for  
communication systems operating on a single channel if short  
turnaround times are required. Following a programmable  
delay period, the PA is ramped up and transmission is initiated.  
The cold start-up sequence is needed only when the battery  
voltage is first applied to the device. Afterwards, a warm start-  
up sequence can be used where the host MCU can wake up the  
CS  
device from a sleep state by setting the  
port of the SPI low.  
Idle State  
The TX state can be entered from the PHY_RDY or RX state by  
issuing the RC_TX command. Depending on whether the  
device is configured to operate in packet or SPORT mode by  
setting Register buffercfg, Field rx_buffer_mode, the device can  
revert automatically to the PHY_RDY state when a packet is  
transmitted, or remain in the TX state until a command to enter  
a different state is issued. Refer to the Transmitter section for  
further details.  
In this state, the receive and transmit blocks are powered down.  
The digital section is enabled and all configuration registers as  
well as the packet RAM are accessible. The host MCU has to set  
any configuration parameters, such as modulation scheme,  
channel frequency, and WUC configuration in this state.  
CS  
Bringing the  
input low in the sleep state causes a transition  
into the idle state. The transition from the sleep state to the idle  
state timing is shown in Figure 4. The idle state can also be  
entered by issuing an RC_IDLE command in any state other  
than the sleep state.  
MEAS State  
The MEAS state is used to measure the chip temperature. The  
transmitter and receiver blocks are not enabled in this state.  
The chip temperature is measured using the ADC, which can  
be read from Register adc_rbk, Field adc_out, and is  
PHY_RDY State  
Upon entering the PHY_RDY state from the idle state, the RF  
frequency synthesizer is enabled and a system calibration is  
carried out. The receive and transmit blocks are not enabled  
in this state. The system calibration is omitted when the  
PHY_RDY state is entered from the RX, TX, or CCA state.  
continuously updated with the chip temperature reading.  
This state is enabled by issuing the RC_MEAS command from the  
idle state and can be exited using the RC_IDLE command.  
Rev. 0 | Page 36 of 108  
ADF7242  
Sleep States  
SLEEP_BBRAM_XTO  
The sleep state is entered with the RC_SLEEP command. The  
sleep state can be configured to operate in three different  
modes, which are listed in Table 21.  
This mode enables the 32 kHz crystal oscillator and retains  
certain configuration registers in the BBRAM during the sleep  
state. To enable SLEEP_BBRAM_XTO mode, set Register  
tmr_cfg1, Field sleep_config = 5. A wake-up interrupt can be  
set using, for example, Register irq1_en0, Field wakeup = 1.  
Refer to the Wake-Up Controller (WUC) section for details on  
how to configure the ADF7242 WUC.  
Table 21. ADF7242 Sleep Modes  
Active  
Circuits  
Sleep Mode  
Functionality  
SLEEP_BBRAM  
BBRAM  
Packet RAM and modem  
configuration register (MCR)  
contents are not maintained.  
BBRAM retains the IEEE  
802.15.4-2006 node  
SLEEP_BBRAM_RCO  
This mode enables the 32 kHz RC oscillator and retains certain  
configuration registers in the BBRAM during the sleep state.  
This mode can be used when lower timer accuracy is acceptable  
by the communication system. It is enabled by setting Register  
tmr_cfg1, Field sleep_config = 11. A wake-up interrupt can be  
set using, for example, Register irq1_en0, Field wakeup = 1.  
Refer to the Wake-Up Controller (WUC) section for details on  
how to configure the ADF7242 WUC.  
addresses1.  
SLEEP_BBRAM_XTO BBRAM and  
32 kHz crystal oscillator is  
enabled, with data retention  
in the BBRAM.  
32 kHz  
crystal  
oscillator  
SLEEP_BBRAM_RCO BBRAM and  
32 kHz RC oscillator is  
enabled, with data retention  
in the BBRAM.  
32 kHz RC  
Oscillator  
Wake-Up from the Sleep State  
1 Refer to the IEEE 802.15.4-2006 Receiver Configuration in Packet Mode  
section for further details.  
CS  
The host MCU can bring  
low at any time to wake the  
CS  
ADF7242 from the sleep state. After bringing  
low, it must  
SLEEP MODES  
wait until the MISO output (SPI_READY flag) goes high prior  
to accessing the SPI port. This delay reflects the start-up time of  
the ADF7242. When the MISO output is high, the voltage  
regulator of the digital section and the crystal oscillator have  
stabilized. Unless the chip is in the sleep state, the MISO pin  
The sleep modes are configurable with the wake-up configura-  
tion registers, tmr_cfg0 and tmr_cfg1. The contents of Register  
tmr_cfg0 and Register tmr_cfg1 are reset in the sleep state.  
SLEEP_BBRAM  
CS  
always goes high immediately after bringing  
low. The sleep  
This mode is suitable for applications where the MCU is equipped  
with its own wake-up timer. SLEEP_BBRAM mode is enabled  
by setting Register tmr_cfg1, Field sleep_config = 1.  
state can also be exited by a timeout event with the WUC  
configured. Refer to the Wake-Up Controller (WUC) section  
for details on how to configure the ADF7242 WUC.  
t15  
APPLY  
VDD_BAT  
CS  
RC_RESET  
(0xC8)  
SPI COMMAND  
TO ADF7242  
DEVICE STATE  
IDLE  
SLEEP  
IDLE  
Figure 70. Cold Start Sequence from Application of the Battery  
Rev. 0 | Page 37 of 108  
 
 
 
ADF7242  
RF FREQUENCY SYNTHESIZER  
scheme is used to mitigate the effect of temperature, supply  
voltage, and process variations on the VCO performance.  
A fully integrated RF frequency synthesizer is used to generate  
both the transmit signal and the receive LO signal. The  
architecture of the frequency synthesizer is shown in Figure 71.  
The receiver uses the frequency synthesizer circuit to generate  
the local oscillator (LO) for downconverting an RF signal to the  
baseband. The transmitter is based on a direct closed-loop VCO  
modulation scheme using a low noise fractional-N RF  
frequency synthesizer, where a high resolution Σ-Δ modulator  
is used to generate the required frequency deviations at the RF  
in response to the data being transmitted.  
The VCO calibration phase must not be skipped during the  
system calibration in the PHY_RDY state. Therefore, it is  
important to ensure that Register vco_cal_cfg, Field skip_vco_cal  
= 9 prior to entering the PHY_RDY state from the idle state.  
This is the default setting and, therefore, only requires program-  
ming if skipping of the calibration was previously selected.  
The VCO calibration can be skipped on the transition from the  
PHY_RDY state to the RX, TX, and CCA states on the  
condition that the calibration has been performed in the  
PHY_RDY state on the same channel frequency to be used in  
the RX, TX, and CCA states. The following sequence should be  
used if skipping the VCO calibration is required in any state  
following the PHY_RDY state:  
The VCO and the frequency synthesizer loop filter of the  
ADF7242 are fully integrated. To reduce the effect of VCO  
pulling by the power-up of the power amplifier, as well as to  
minimize spurious emissions, the VCO operates at twice the RF  
frequency. The VCO signal is then divided by 2 giving the  
required frequency for the transmitter and the required LO  
frequency for the receiver. The frequency synthesizer also  
features automatic VCO calibration and bandwidth selection.  
1. After the system calibration is performed in the PHY_RDY  
state, the VCO frequency band in Register vco_band_rb,  
Field vco_band_val_rb and the VCO bias DAC code in  
Register vco_idac_rb, Field vco_idac_val_rb should be read  
back.  
RX AND TX  
CIRCUITS  
CHANNEL SELECTION  
2. Before transitioning to any other state and assuming  
operation on the same channel frequency, the VCO  
frequency band and amplitude DAC should be overwritten  
as follows:  
IN RX OR TX  
SDM  
PFD  
N-DIVIDER  
DIV2  
GFSK OR FSK TX DATA  
CHARGE-PUMP  
AND  
LOOP FILTER  
26MHz XOSC  
+ DOUBLER  
a) Set Register vco_cal_cfg, Field skip_vco_cal = 15 to  
skip the VCO calibration.  
AUTO SYNTH  
BANDWIDTH  
SELECTION  
b) Enable the VCO frequency over-write mode by setting  
Register vco_ovrw_cfg, Field vco_band_ovrw_en = 1.  
c) Write the VCO frequency band read back after the  
system calibration in the PHY_RDY state to Register  
vco_band_ovrw, Field vco_band_ovrw_val.  
VCO  
CALIBRATION  
Figure 71. Synthesizer Architecture  
RF FREQUENCY SYNTHESIZER CALIBRATION  
The ADF7242 requires a system calibration prior to being  
used in the RX, CCA, or TX state. Because the calibration  
information is reset when the ADF7242 enters a sleep state, a  
full system calibration is automatically performed on the  
transition between the idle and PHY_RDY states. The system  
calibration is omitted when the PHY_RDY state is entered from  
the TX, RX, or CCA state.  
d) Enable the VCO bias DAC over-write mode by setting  
Register vco_ovrw_cfg, Field vco_idac_ovrw_en = 1  
e) Write the VCO bias DAC read back after the system  
calibration in the PHY_RDY state to Register  
vco_idac_ovrw, Field vco_idac_ovrw_val .  
Following the preceding procedure, the device can transition  
to other states, which use the same channel frequency without  
performing a VCO calibration. If it is required to change the  
channel frequency before entering the RX, TX, or CCA state at any  
point after the preceding procedure has been used, Register vco_  
cal_cfg, Field skip_vco_cal must be set to 9 before transitioning  
to the respective state. Then the VCO calibration is automati-  
cally performed.  
142µs  
SYNTHESIZER  
PWR Up RC Cal  
24µs 20µs  
VCO Cal  
52µs  
SETTLING  
46µs  
DO NOT SKIP,  
SET REGISTER vco_cal_cfg, FIELD skip_vco_cal = 9  
Figure 72. System Calibration Following RC_PHY_RDY  
RF FREQUENCY SYNTHESIZER BANDWIDTH  
Figure 72 shows a breakdown of the total system calibration  
time. It comprises a power-up delay, calibration of the receiver  
baseband filter (RC Cal), and a VCO calibration (VCO Cal). Once  
the VCO is calibrated, the frequency synthesizer is allowed to  
settle to within 5 ppm of the target frequency. A fully  
automatic fast VCO frequency and amplitude calibration  
The ADF7242 radio controller optimizes the RF frequency  
synthesizer bandwidth based on whether the device is in the RX  
or the TX state. If the device is in the RX state, the frequency  
synthesizer bandwidth is set by the radio controller to ensure  
optimum blocker rejection. If the device is in the TX state, the  
radio controller sets the frequency synthesizer bandwidth based  
Rev. 0 | Page 38 of 108  
 
 
 
 
ADF7242  
on the required data rate to ensure optimum modulation  
quality. The frequency synthesizer bandwidth is optimized for  
the recommended modulation schemes, data rates, and fre-  
quency deviations given in Table 22. If the user requires a  
different modulation scheme or data rate from those listed in  
Table 22, it is recommended, for optimum device performance,  
to choose a frequency deviation for the required data rate that  
gives a modulation index close to those recommended in Table 22.  
REFERENCE CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR  
The on-chip crystal oscillator generates the reference frequency  
for the frequency synthesizer and system timing. The oscillator  
operates at a frequency of 26 MHz. The crystal oscillator is  
amplitude controlled to ensure a fast start-up time and stable  
operation under different operating conditions. The crystal and  
associated external components should be chosen with care  
because the accuracy of the crystal oscillator can have a significant  
impact on the performance of the communication system. Apart  
from the accuracy and drift specification, it is important to  
consider the nominal loading capacitance of the crystal.  
Crystals with a high loading capacitance are less sensitive to  
frequency pulling due to tolerances of external capacitors and the  
printed circuit board parasitic capacitances. When selecting a  
crystal, these advantages should be balanced against the higher  
current consumption, longer start-up time, and lower trimming  
range resulting from a larger loading capacitance.  
RF CHANNEL FREQUENCY PROGRAMMING  
The frequency of the synthesizer is programmed with the  
frequency control word, ch_freq[23:0], which extends over  
Register ch_freq0, Register ch_freq1, and Register ch_freq2.  
The frequency control word, ch_freq[23:0], contains a binary  
representation of the absolute frequency of the desired channel  
divided by 10 kHz.  
Writing a new channel frequency value to the frequency control  
word ch_freq[23:0] takes effect after the next frequency  
synthesizer calibration phase. The frequency synthesizer is  
calibrated by default during the transition into the PHY_RDY  
from the idle state as well as in the TX, RX and CCA states.  
Refer to the RF Frequency Synthesizer Calibration, Transmitter,  
and Receiver sections for further details. To facilitate fast  
channel frequency changes, a new frequency control word can  
be written in the RX state before a packet has been received.  
The next RC_RX o RC_TX command initiates the required  
frequency synthesizer calibration and settling cycle. Similarly, a  
new frequency control word can be written after a packet has  
been transmitted while in the TX state and the next RC_RX or  
RC_TX command initiates the frequency synthesizer  
calibration and settling cycle.  
The total loading capacitance must be equal to the specified  
load capacitance of the crystal and comprises the external  
parallel loading capacitors, the parasitic capacitances of the  
XOSC26P and XOSC26N pins, as well as the parasitic  
capacitance of tracks on the printed circuit board.  
The ADF7242 has an integrated crystal oscillator tuning capacitor  
that facilitates the compensation of systematic production  
tolerance and temperature drift. The tuning capacitor is con-  
trolled with Register xto26_trim _cal, Field xto26_trim (0x371).  
The tuning range provided by the tuning capacitor depends on  
the loading capacitance of a specific crystal. The total tuning  
range is typically 25 ppm  
Rev. 0 | Page 39 of 108  
 
ADF7242  
TRANSMITTER  
TRANSMITTER IN IEEE 802.15.4-2006 MODE  
IEEE 802.15.4-2006 Transmission  
TRANSMIT OPERATING MODES  
The four primary transmitter operating modes are:  
IEEE 802.15.4-2006-compatible mode with packet manager  
support is selected with Register rc_cfg, Field rc_mode = 0  
(0x13E). In this mode, the ADF7242 packet manager automati-  
cally generates the IEEE 802.15.4-2006-compatible preamble  
and SFD. There is also an option to use a nonstandard SFD by  
programming Register sfd_15_4 with the desired alternative  
SFD. Refer to the IEEE 802.15.4-2006 Programmable SFD  
subsection of the Receiver in IEEE 802.15.4-2006 Mode section  
for further details. There are 256 bytes of dedicated RAM  
(packet RAM), which constitute TX_BUFFER and RX_BUFFER,  
available to store transmit and receive packets. The packet  
header must be the first byte written to TX_BUFFER. The address  
of the first byte of TX_BUFFER is stored in Register txpb, Field  
tx_pkt_base.  
IEEE 802.15.4-2006 packet mode  
IEEE 802.15.4-2006 SPORT mode  
GFSK/FSK packet mode  
GFSK/FSK SPORT mode  
The desired mode of operation is selected via Register rc_cfg,  
Field rc_mode. The ADF7242 supports GFSK/FSK modulation  
with the data rates listed in Table 22. The ADF7242 also fully  
supports user-defined data rates between 50 kbps and 2 Mbps  
for FSK mode of operation. The data rate, DR, is set with  
Register dr0, Field data_rate_high and Register dr1, Field  
data_rate_low according to the following equation:  
DR = (data_rate_high × 256 + data_rate_low) × 100 bps  
The default values of the dr0 and dr1 registers configure the device  
for IEEE 802.15.4-2006 mode.  
If the automatic FCS field generation has been disabled  
(Register pkt_cfg, Field auto_fcs_off = 1), the full frame  
including FCS must be written to TX_BUFFER. In this case, the  
number of bytes written to TX_BUFFER must be equal to the  
length specified in the PHR field.  
For GFSK/FSK data rates greater than 250 kbps and IEEE 802.15.4-  
2006 mode, the modulator preemphasis filter must be enabled with  
Register tx_m, Field preemp_filt = 1. The modulator of the  
ADF7242 has an optional Gaussian symbol filter that can be  
enabled with Configuration Register tx_m, Field gauss_filt = 1.  
The BT product of the Gaussian symbol filter is fixed at 0.5.  
This can be used for improved spectral efficiency. Gaussian  
filtering must be disabled for IEEE 802.15.4-2006 mode.  
If automatic FCS field generation has been enabled (Register  
pkt_cfg, Field auto_fcs_off = 0), the FCS is automatically  
appended to the frame in TX_BUFFER. In this case, the  
number of bytes written to TX_BUFFER must be equal to the  
length specified in the PHR field minus two.  
The deviation frequency (fDEV) of the modulator is programma-  
ble with Register tx_fd, Field tx_freq_dev in steps of 10 kHz.  
Refer to the Device Configuration section for recommended  
settings for Register tx_fd, Field tx_freq_dev corresponding  
with the recommended modulation parameters listed in Table 22.  
The default value of Register tx_fd, Field tx_freq_dev configures  
the correct setting for IEEE 802.15.4-2006 mode. If the user  
requires a different modulation scheme or data rate from those  
listed in Table 22, it is recommended, for optimum device  
performance, to choose a frequency deviation for the required  
data rate that gives a modulation index close to those recom-  
mended in Table 22  
The format of the frame in TX_BUFFER, both with automatic  
FCS field generation enabled and with it disabled, is shown in  
Figure 73.  
Details of how to configure IEEE 802.15.4-2006 TX SPORT  
mode are given in the SPORT Interface section.  
Table 22. Recommended Modulation Schemes  
Bit rate (kbps)  
Modulation Type  
DSSS-OQPSK  
GFSK/FSK  
Description  
250  
62.5  
125  
IEEE 802.15.4-2006 compliant  
fDEV = 60 kHz  
fDEV = 60 kHz  
GFSK/FSK  
250  
500  
1000  
2000  
GFSK/FSK  
GFSK/FSK  
GFSK/FSK  
GFSK/FSK  
fDEV = 130 kHz  
fDEV = 250 kHz  
fDEV = 250 kHz  
fDEV = 500 kHz  
Rev. 0 | Page 40 of 108  
 
 
 
ADF7242  
1
2
1
0 TO 20  
n
2
ADDRESS  
INFORMATION  
FRAME  
PAYLOAD  
REGISTER pkt_cfg, FIELD auto_fcs_off = 1  
REGISTER txpb, FIELD tx_pkt_base  
REGISTER txpb, FIELD tx_pkt_base  
+ 5 + (0 to 20) + n  
REGISTER rc_cfg, FIELD rc_mode = 0  
1
2
1
0 TO 20  
n
ADDRESS  
INFORMATION  
FRAME  
PAYLOAD  
REGISTER pkt_cfg, FIELD auto_fcs_off = 0  
REGISTER txpb, FIELD tx_pkt_base  
REGISTER txpb, FIELD tx_pkt_base  
+ 5 + (0 to 20) + n – 2  
Figure 73. Field Format of TX_BUFFER  
and Register delaycfg2, Field mac_delay_ext. Register delaycfg1,  
Field tx_mac_delay is programmable in steps of 1 μs, whereas  
Register delaycfg2, Field mac_delay_ext is programmable in  
steps of 4 μs. The default value of Register delaycfg1, Field  
tx_mac_delay is the length of 12 IEEE 802.15.4-2006-2.4 GHz  
symbols or 192 μs.  
IEEE 802.15.4-2006 Transmitter Timing and Control  
This section applies when IEEE 802.15.4-2006 packet mode is  
enabled. Accurate control over the transmission slot timing is  
maintained by two delay timers (Register delaycfg1, Field  
tx_mac_delay and Register delaycfg2, Field mac_delay_ext),  
which introduce a controlled delay between the rising edge of the  
The default value of Register delaycfg2, Field mac_delay_ext is  
0 μs. Following the issue of the RC_TX command, while the  
delay defined by Register delaycfg1, Field tx_mac_delay is  
elapsing, Register delaycfg2, Field mac_delay_ext can be  
updated up until the time, t27, specified in Table 13. This allows  
a dynamic adjustment of the transmission timing for acknowl-  
edge (ACK) frames for networks using slotted CSMA/CA. To  
ensure correct settling of the synthesizer prior to PA ramp-up,  
the total TX MAC delay should not be programmed to a value  
shorter than specified by the PHY_RDY or RX to TX timing  
specified in Table 10. The RC_TX command can be aborted up  
to the time specified by Parameter t28 in Table 13 by means of  
issuing an RC_PHY_RDY, RC_RX, or RC_IDLE command.  
CS  
signal following the RC_TX command and the start of the  
transmit operation. Figure 74 illustrates the timing of the  
transmit operation assuming that the ADF7242 was operating  
in PHY_RDY, RX, or TX state prior to the execution of an  
RC_TX command.  
If enabled, the external PA interface, as described in the Power  
Amplifier section, is powered up prior to the synthesizer calibra-  
tion to allow sufficient time for the bias servo loop to settle.  
Ramp-up of the PA is completed shortly before the overall MAC  
delay has elapsed. If enabled, an rc_ready interrupt (see the  
Interrupt Controller section) is generated at the transition into  
the TX state. Following the completion of the PA ramp-up  
phase, the transceiver enters the TX state. The minimum and  
maximum time for the PA ramp-up to complete prior to the  
transceiver entering the TX state given by Parameter t35 in  
Table 14 also applies to IEEE 802.15.4-2006 transmit mode.  
The VCO calibration (VCO_cal) can be skipped if shorter turna-  
round times are required. Skipping the VCO calibration is  
possible if the channel frequency control word ch_freq[23:0]  
has remained unchanged since the last RC_PHY_RDY, RC_RX,  
RC_CCA, or RC_TX command was issued with VCO_cal  
enabled. The initialization, synthesizer settling, and PA ramping  
phases are mandatory however because the synthesizer  
bandwidth is changed between receive and transmit operation.  
Skipping the VCO calibration is an option for single-channel  
communication systems, or systems where an ACK frame is  
transmitted on the same channel upon reception of a packet.  
The radio controller first transmits the automatically generated  
preamble and SFD. If it has been enabled, an SFD interrupt is  
asserted after the SFD is transmitted. The packet manager then  
reads TX_BUFFER, starting with the PHR byte and transmits  
its contents. Following the transmission of the entire frame, the  
radio controller turns the PA off and asserts a tx_pkt_sent  
interrupt. The ADF7242 then automatically returns to the  
PHY_RDY state unless automatic operating modes have been  
configured.  
VCO_cal is skipped by setting Register vco_cal_cfg, Field  
skip_vco_cal = 15. In this case, tx_mac_delay can be reduced to  
140 μs. The VCO calibration is executed if Register vco_cal_cfg,  
Field skip_vco_cal = 9.  
By default, the synthesizer is recalibrated each time an RC_TX  
command is issued. Figure 75 shows the synthesizer calibration  
sequence that is performed each time the transceiver enters the  
TX state. The total TX MAC delay is defined by the combined  
delay configured with Register delaycfg1, Field tx_mac_delay  
Rev. 0 | Page 41 of 108  
 
 
ADF7242  
EXTERNAL  
PA BIAS  
PA OUTPUT  
POWER  
TRANSMITTED  
PACKET  
PREAMBLE SFD PHR PSDU  
RC_TX  
PREVIOUS STATE  
TX  
PHY_RDY  
RC_STATUS  
tx_mac_delay +  
mac_delay_ext  
OPERATION  
SYNTH CALIBRATION  
REGISTER irq_src0, FIELD rc_ready  
REGISTER irq_src1, FIELD tx_sfd  
REGISTER irq_src1, FIELD tx_pkt_sent  
Figure 74. Transmit Timing and Control (IEEE 802.15.4-2006 Mode)  
192µs  
0µs TO 1020µs  
mac_delay_ext  
tx_mac_delay  
154µs  
SYNTHESIZER  
SETTLING  
PA  
RAMP  
PA  
RAMP  
. . . . . . . . . . . . .  
INIT  
VCO_cal  
22µs  
52µs  
80µs  
<6µs  
<6µs  
SKIPPED IF  
REGISTER vco_cal_cfg,  
FIELD skip_vco_cal = 15  
Figure 75. Synthesizer Calibration Following RC_TX  
PACKET  
TRANSMITTED  
FRAME IN TX_BUFFER  
PACKET  
RECEIVED  
VALID IEEE802.15.4-2006 FRAME  
PHY_RDY  
RC_STATUS  
RX  
TX  
tx_mac_delay +  
mac_delay_ext  
t26  
t27,t28  
REGISTER irq_src0, FIELD rc_ready  
REGISTER irq_src1, FIELD rx_pkt_rcvd  
REGISTER irq_src1, FIELD tx_pkt_sent  
Figure 76. IEEE 802.15.4 Auto RX-to-TX Turnaround Mode  
Rev. 0 | Page 42 of 108  
 
 
 
ADF7242  
Preamble  
IEEE 802.15.4 AUTOMATIC RX-TO-TX  
TURNAROUND MODE  
The preamble is a 0xAA sequence, with a programmable length.  
It is necessary to have preamble at the beginning of the packet  
to allow time for the receiver AGC, AFC, and clock and data  
recovery circuitry to settle before the start of the sync word. The  
required preamble length depends on the radio configuration.  
Table 38 in the Configuration Values for GFSK/FSK Packet and  
SPORT Modes section provides data on required preamble  
length for some examples of different configurations.  
The ADF7242 features an automatic RX-to-TX turnaround mode  
when it is operating in IEEE 802.15.4-2006 packet mode  
(Register rc_cfg, Field rc_mode = 0). The automatic RX-to-TX  
turnaround mode facilitates the timely transmission of  
acknowledgment frames.  
Figure 76 illustrates the timing of the automatic RX-to-TX  
turnaround mode. When enabled by setting Register buffercfg,  
Field auto_rx_to_tx_turnaround, the ADF7242 automatically  
enters the TX state following the reception of a valid IEEE  
802.15.4-2006 frame. After the combined transmit MAC delay  
(tx_mac_delay + mac_delay_ext), the ADF7242 enters the TX  
state and transmits the frame stored in TX_BUFFER. After the  
transmission is complete, the ADF7242 enters the PHY_RDY  
state. There is a 38 μs delay between the reception of the last  
symbol and the generation of the rx_pkt_rcvd interrupt. The  
transmit MAC delay timeout period begins immediately after  
the reception of the last symbol. Therefore, the host MCU has  
up to t28 μs (see Table 13) after a frame has been received to cancel  
the transmit operation by means of issuing an RC_IDLE,  
RC_PHY_RDY, or RC_RX command.  
The total length of the preamble transmitted is equal to the  
number of bytes set in Register fsk_preamble (0x102) added to  
the number of bytes set in Register preamble_num_validate  
(0x3F3), along with any additional preamble bits required to  
pad the SWD (see the Sync Word (SWD) section for details).  
Sync Word (SWD)  
The value of the SWD is set in the sync_word0, sync_word1,  
and sync_word2 registers (0x10C, 0x10D, and 0x10E). The  
SWD is transmitted most significant bit first starting with  
sync_word2. The transmitted sync word is a multiple of eight  
bits. Therefore, for nonbyte length sync words, the transmitted  
sync pattern should be padded with the preamble pattern, as  
shown in Table 24.  
TRANSMITTER IN GFSK/FSK MODE  
Packet Mode GFSK/FSK Transmission  
Payload Length  
The payload length is defined as the number of bytes from the  
end of sync word to the start of the CRC.  
The packet manager provides support for proprietary GFSK/  
FSK payload formats. Packet fields applicable to GFSK/FSK  
packet mode are shown in Table 23. In transmit mode, the  
packet manager can be configured to add preamble and sync  
words to the payload data stored in the packet RAM. It can also  
optionally calculate and transmit a CRC word.  
CRC  
An optional CRC-16 can be appended to the packet. The CRC  
polynomial used is:  
g(x) = x16 + x12 + x5 + 1  
To enable GFSK/FSK transmit packet mode operation, set  
Register rc_cfg, Field rc_mode = 4; 0x13E[7:0]). The host MCU  
writes the payload data to the packet ram. The location of  
transmit data in the packet RAM is defined by the value in  
Register tx_pb, Field tx_pkt_base (Location 0x314). This holds  
the address of the first byte of the transmit payload data in the  
packet RAM.  
To disable the automatic appending of a CRC to the packet, set  
Register pkt_cfg, Field auto_fcs_off = 1. This field is set to 0 by  
default.  
Postamble  
The packet manager automatically appends two bytes of  
postamble to the end of the transmitted packet. Each byte of  
postamble is 0xAA.The first byte is transmitted immediately  
after the CRC. The PA ramp-down begins immediately after the  
first postamble byte. The second byte is transmitted while the  
PA is ramping down.  
The preamble, sync word, and CRC word can be automatically  
added by the packet manager to the data stored in the packet  
RAM for transmission. Figure 77 shows the fields stored in the  
packet buffer.  
Table 23. Description of Fields Applicable to GFSK/FSK Packet Transmission  
Packet Structure  
Payload  
Field  
Preamble  
SWD  
Length  
Payload Data  
CRC  
Postamble  
Field Length  
Optional Field  
Added in Transmit and Removed in Receive  
Host Writes These Fields to Packet RAM  
Fully Programmable Parameter  
1 to 256 bytes 1 to 4 bytes 2 bytes  
0 to 127 bytes  
2 bytes  
Yes  
Yes  
Optional No  
No No  
1 byte  
No  
Yes  
No  
No  
Yes  
No  
Yes  
N/A  
N/A  
Yes  
Yes  
N/A  
N/A  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
No  
Only length  
Rev. 0 | Page 43 of 108  
 
 
 
 
ADF7242  
Table 24. Sync Word Programming Examples  
Register  
Required Sync Word (Binary, Sync_confg,  
sync_  
sync_  
sync_  
Transmitted Sync Word (Binary,  
Receiver Sync Word  
Match Length (Bits)  
First Bit Being First in Time)  
000100100011010001010110  
111010011100101000100  
0001001000110100  
011100001110  
Field sync_len  
word2 word1 word0 First Bit Being First in Time)  
24  
21  
16  
12  
8
0x12  
0xBD  
0xAA  
0xAA  
0xAA  
0xAA  
0x34  
0x39  
0x12  
0xA7  
0xAA  
0xAA  
0x56  
0x44  
0x34  
0x0E  
0x12  
0x9C  
0001_0010_0011_0100_0101_0110  
1011_1101_0011_1001_0100_0100  
1010_1010_0001_0010_0011_0100  
1010_1010_1010_0111_0000_1110  
1010_1010_1010_1010_0001_0010  
1010_1010_1010_1010_1001_1100  
24  
21  
16  
12  
8
00010010  
011100  
6
6
n = 1 TO 252  
2
2
FRAME  
PAYLOAD  
REGISTER pkt_cfg, FIELD auto_fcs_off = 1  
REGISTER txpb, FIELD tx_pkt_base  
REGISTER txpb, FIELD tx_pkt_base  
2 + n  
REGISTER rc_cfg, FIELD rc_mode = 4  
n = 1 TO 254  
2
FRAME  
PAYLOAD  
REGISTER pkt_cfg, FIELD auto_fcs_off = 0  
REGISTER txpb, FIELD tx_pkt_base  
Figure 77. Format of GFSK/FSK Packets Stored by the Packet Manager in TX_BUFFER  
EXTERNAL PA BIAS  
PA OUTPUT POWER  
PREAMBLE SWD  
PAYLOAD  
POSTAMBLE  
TRANSMITTED PACKET  
RC_TX  
RC_STATUS  
PREVIOUS STATE  
TX  
PHY_RDY  
FIELD tx_mac_delay +  
mac_delay_ext  
OPERATION  
SYNTH CALIBRATION  
REGISTER irq_src0, FIELD rc_ready  
REGISTER irq_src0, FIELD tx_sfd  
REGISTER irq_src0, FIELD tx_pkt_sent  
Figure 78. TX Timing and Control GFSK/FSK Packet Mode  
Rev. 0 | Page 44 of 108  
 
 
ADF7242  
SPORT MODE GFSK/FSK Transmitter Timing and Control  
packet format is entirely under user control, no tx_sfd and  
tx_pkt_sent interrupts are generated. The calibration sequence  
shown in Figure 75 in the IEEE 802.15.4-2006 Transmitter  
Timing and Control section is fully applicable to GFSK/FSK  
transmit SPORT mode.  
For GFSK/FSK TX SPORT mode operation, set Register rc_cfg,  
Field rc_mode = 3; 0x13E[7:0]). Refer to the SPORT Interface  
section for further details.  
Figure 79 illustrates the timing of the transmit operation in  
GFSK/FSK TX SPORT mode. Following the transition into the  
TX state, the packet manager transmits SPORT input data until  
the TX state is left with an appropriate command. Because the  
Table 25 shows the latency between data at the SPORT interface  
input and the modulated RF output signal transmitted.  
EXTERNAL  
PA BIAS  
PA OUTPUT  
POWER  
TRANSMITTED  
PACKET  
SPORT INPUT DATA  
RC_PHY_RDY  
RC_TX  
RC_STATUS  
PREVIOUS STATE  
TX  
PHY_RDY  
tx_mac_delay +  
mac_delay_ext  
OPERATION  
SYNTH CALIBRATION  
REGISTER irq_src0, FIELD rc_ready  
Figure 79. TX Timing and Control (GFSK/FSK SPORT Mode)  
Table 25. Transmit Latency for Selected Data Rates  
Bit Rate (kbps)  
GFSK  
FSK  
62.5  
125  
250  
500  
1000  
2000  
32 μs (two bit periods)  
16 μs (two bit periods)  
8 μs (two bit periods)  
4 μs (two bit periods)  
2 μs (two bit periods)  
1 μs (two bit periods)  
8.025 μs (~½ bit period)  
4.063 μs (~½ bit period)  
2.063 μs (~½ bit period)  
1.063 μs (~½ bit period)  
563 ns (~½ bit period)  
332 ns (~½ bit period)  
Rev. 0 | Page 45 of 108  
 
 
ADF7242  
External PA Interface  
POWER AMPLIFIER  
The ADF7242 has an integrated biasing block for external PA  
circuits as shown in Figure 81. It is suitable for external PA circuits  
based on a single GaAs MOSFET and a wide range of integrated  
PA modules. The key components are shown in Figure 82. A  
switch between Pin VDD_BAT and Pin PAVSUP_ATB3 controls  
the supply current to the external FET. PABIOP_ATB4 can be  
used to set a bias point for the external FET. The bias point is  
controlled by a 5-bit DAC and/or a bias servo loop.  
The integrated power amplifier (PA) is connected to the RFIO2P  
and RFIO2N RF ports. It is equipped with a built-in harmonic  
filter to simplify the design of the external harmonic filter. The  
output power of the PA is set with Register extpa_msc, Field  
pa_pwr with an average step size of 2 dB. The step size increases  
at the lower end of the control range. Refer to Figure 65 for the  
typical variation of output power step size with the control word  
value. The PA also features a high power mode, which can be  
enabled by setting Register pa_bias, Field pa_bias_ctrl = 63 and  
Register pa_cfg, Field pa_bridge_dbias = 21.  
To have the external PA interface under direct control of the  
host MCU, set Register ext_ctrl, Field extpa_auto_en = 0. The host  
MCU can then use Register pd_aux, Field extpa_bias_en to enable  
or disable the external PA. If Register ext_ctrl, Field extpa_auto_en  
= 1, the external PA automatically turns on when entering, and  
turns off when exiting the TX state. If this setting is used, the host  
MCU should not alter the configuration of Register pd_aux, Field  
extpa_bias_en.  
PA Ramping Controller  
The PA ramping controller of the ADF7242 minimizes spectral  
splatter generated by the transmitter. Upon entering the TX state,  
the ramping controller automatically ramps the output power of  
the PA from the minimum output power to the specified nominal  
value. In packet mode, transmission of the packet commences  
after the ramping phase. When the transmission of the packet is  
complete or the TX state is exited, the PA is turned off immedi-  
ately. It is also possible to allow the PA to ramp down its output  
power using the same ramp rate for the ramp-up phase, by  
setting Register ext_ctrl, Field pa_shutdown_mode to 1.  
The function of the two pins, PAVSUP_ATB3 and PABIAOP_  
ATB4, depends on the mode selected with Register extpa_msc,  
Field extpa_bias_mode, as shown in Table 26.  
The reference current source for the DAC is controlled with  
Register extpa_msc, Field extpa_bias_src (0x3AA[3]). If  
Register extpa_msc, Field extpa_bias_src = 0, the current is  
derived from the external bias resistor. If Register extpa_msc,  
Field extpa_bias_src = 1, the current is derived from the  
internal reference generator. The first option is more accurate  
and is recommended whenever possible.  
Figure 80 illustrates the shape of the PA ramping profile and its  
timing. It follows a linear-in-dB shape. The ramp time depends on  
the output power setting in Register extpa_msc, Field pa_pwr  
and is specified with Register pa_rr, Field pa_ramp_rate  
according to the following equation:  
t_ramp = 2pa_rr.pa_ramp_rate × 2.4 ns × extpa_msc.pa_pwr  
PA OUTPUT  
POWER  
TRANSMISSION OF  
PACKET COMPLETE  
OR LEAVING TX STATE  
pa_ramp_rate = 0:  
× 2.4ns PER 2dB STEP  
pa_ramp_rate = 7:  
2 × 2.4ns PER 2dB STEP  
0
7
2
RC_TX  
ISSUED  
2dB  
DATA  
TRANSMISSION  
ACTIVE  
t
P
, MIN  
O
tx_mac_delay + mac_delay_ext  
Figure 80. PA Ramping Profile  
Rev. 0 | Page 46 of 108  
 
 
 
ADF7242  
reference current. The reference current for the bias servo  
loop is generated by the 5-bit reference DAC. In this mode,  
the bias servo loop expects the current in the FET to increase  
with increasing voltage at the PABIAOP_ATB4 output.  
Mode 6 is the same as Mode 5, except that the bias servo  
loop expects the current in the FET to increase with  
decreasing voltage at the PABIAOP_ATB4 output.  
External PA Interface Modes  
Mode 0 allows supply to an external circuit to be switched  
on or off. This is useful for circuits that have no dedicated  
power-down pin and/or have a high power-down current.  
Mode 1 allows the supply to an external circuit to be switched  
on or off. In addition, the PABIOP_ATB4 pin acts as a  
programmable current source. A programmable voltage  
can be generated if a suitable resistor is connected between  
PABIAOP_ATB4 and GND.  
RFIO1P  
LNA  
BALUN  
RFIO1N  
Mode 2 allows the supply to an external PA circuit to be  
switched on or off. In addition, the PABIOP_ATB4 pin acts  
as a programmable current sink. A programmable voltage  
can be generated if a suitable resistor is connected between  
PABIAOP_ATB4 and VDD_BAT.  
VDD_BAT  
PAVSUP_ATB3  
PABIAOP_ATB4  
EXTERNAL PA  
INTERFACE  
CIRCUIT  
PA  
Mode 3 is the same as Mode 1, except that the switch  
between PAVSUP_ATB3 and VDD_BAT is open.  
Mode 4 is the same as Mode 2, except that the switch  
between PAVSUP_ATB3 and VDD_BAT is open.  
Mode 5 is intended for a PA circuit based on a single  
external FET. The supply voltage to this FET is controlled  
through the PAVSUP_ATB3 pin to ensure a low leakage  
current in the power-down state. The bias servo loop  
controls the gate bias voltage of the external FET such that  
the current through the supply switch is equal to a  
RFIO2P  
LNA  
BALUN  
RFIO2N  
TXEN_GP5  
ADF7242  
GaAs  
pHEMT FET  
Figure 81. Typical External PA Applications Circuit  
Table 26. PA Interface  
Register extpa_msc,  
Field extpa_bias_mode  
Register pd_aux,  
Bit extpa_bias_en1  
VDD_BAT to PAVSUP_ATB3 Switch  
Function of Pin PABIAOP_ATB4  
X2  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Open  
Not used  
Not used  
Current source  
Current sink  
Current source  
Current sink  
Bias current servo output, positive polarity  
Bias current servo output, negative polarity  
Reserved  
Closed  
Closed  
Closed  
Open  
Open  
Closed  
Closed  
Reserved  
1 Autoenabled when Register ext_ctrl, Field extpa_auto_en = 1.  
2 X = don’t care.  
REGISTER ext_ctrl, FIELD extpa_auto_en  
state == TX  
ADF7242  
&
VDD_BAT  
REGISTER pd_aux, FIELD extpa_bias_en  
SWITCH  
3
5
PAVSUP_ATB3  
CONTROL  
LOGIC  
REGISTER extpa_msc, FIELD extpa_bias_mode  
PABIAOP_ATB4  
DAC  
REGISTER extpa_cfg, FIELD extpa_bias  
REGISTER extpa_msc, FIELD extpa_bias_src  
Figure 82. Details of External PA Interface circuit  
Rev. 0 | Page 47 of 108  
 
 
 
ADF7242  
RECEIVER  
receive and transmit in IEEE 802.15.4-2006 mode. The  
requirements are as follows:  
RECEIVE OPERATING MODES  
The four primary receiver operating modes are  
The value must not be a repeated symbol (for example, not  
0x11 or 0x22).  
The value must not be similar to the preamble symbol (that  
is, not Symbol 0x0 or Symbol 0x8).  
IEEE 802.15.4-2006 packet manager mode  
IEEE 802.15.4-2006 SPORT mode  
GFSK/FSK packet manager mode  
GFSK/FSK SPORT mode  
IEEE 802.15.4-2006 Receiver Configuration in Packet  
Mode  
The desired operating mode is selected with Register rc_cfg,  
Field rc_mode. The SPORT modes are explained in more detail  
in the SPORT Interface section.  
IEEE 802.15.4-2006 mode with packet management support is  
selected when Register rc_cfg, Field rc_mode = 0 (0x13E[7:0]).  
RX_BUFFER is overwritten when the ADF7242 enters the RX  
state following an RC_RX command and an SFD is detected. The  
SFD is stripped off the incoming frame, and all data following  
and including the frame length (PHR) is written to RX_BUFFER.  
The data rate is set with Register dr0, Field data_rate_high and  
Register dr1, Field data_rate_low as documented in the  
Transmitter section. The data rate is automatically configured in  
IEEE 802.15.4-2006 mode.  
RECEIVER IN IEEE 802.15.4-2006 MODE  
IEEE 802.15.4-2006 Reception  
If Register pkt_cfg, Field auto_fcs_off = 1, the FCS of the incoming  
frame is stored in RX_BUFFER. When the entire frame has been  
received, an rx_pkt_rcvd interrupt is asserted irrespective of the  
correctness of the FCS. If auto_fcs_off = 0, the radio controller  
calculates the FCS of the incoming frame according to the FCS  
polynomial defined in the IEEE 802.15.4-2006 standard (see  
Equation 1), and compares the result against the FCS of the  
incoming frame. An rx_pkt_rcvd interrupt is asserted only if  
both FCS fields match. The FCS is not written to RX_BUFFER  
but is replaced with the measured RSSI and signal quality  
indicator (SQI ) values of the received frame (see Figure 83).  
When IEEE 802.15.4-2006 mode is selected, the output of  
the post demodulator filter is fed into a bank of correlators,  
which compare the incoming data sequences to the expected  
IEEE 802.15.4-2006 sequences. The IEEE 802.15.4-2006  
receiver block operates in three primary states.  
Preamble qualification  
Symbol timing recovery  
Data symbol reception  
G16(x) = x16 + x12 + x5 +1  
During preamble qualification, the correlators check for the pres-  
ence of preamble. When preamble is qualified, the device enters  
symbol timing recovery mode. The device symbol timing is  
achieved once a valid SFD is detected. The ADF7242 supports  
programmable SFDs. Refer to the IEEE 802.15.4-2006  
Programmable SFD section for further details.  
(1)  
The behavior of the radio controller following the reception  
of a frame can be configured with Register buffercfg, Field rx_  
buffer_mode (0x107[1:0]). With the default setting rx_buffer_  
mode = 0, the part reverts automatically to PHY_RDY when an  
rx_pkt_rcvd interrupt condition occurs. This mode prevents  
RX_BUFFER from being overwritten by the next frame before  
the host MCU can read it from the ADF7242. This is because a  
new frame is always written to RX_BUFFER starting from the  
address stored in Register rxpb, Field rx_pkt_base (0x315[7:0]).  
Note that reception of the next frame is inhibited until the MAC  
delay following an RC_RX command has elapsed.  
The received symbols are then passed to the packet manager in  
packet mode or the SPORT interface in SPORT mode. In SPORT  
mode, four serial clocks are output on Pin TRCLK_CKO_GP3,  
and four data bits are shifted out on Pin DR_GP0 for each  
received symbol. Refer to the SPORT Interface section for  
further details.  
If in packet mode, when the packet manager determines the end  
of a packet, the ADF7242 automatically transitions to PHY_  
RDY or TX or remains in RX, depending on the setting in  
Register buffercfg, Field rx_buffer_mode (see IEEE 802.15.4-  
2006 Receiver Configuration in Packet Mode section). If in  
SPORT mode, the part remains in RX until the user issues a  
command to change to another state.  
If Register buffercfg, Field rx_buffer_mode = 1 (0x107[1:0]),  
the part remains in the RX state, and the reception of the next  
packet is enabled one MAC delay period after the frame has  
been written to RX_BUFFER. Depending on the network setup,  
this mode can cause an unnoticed violation of RX_BUFFER  
integrity if a frame arrives prior to the MCU having read the  
frame from RX_BUFFER.  
IEEE 802.15.4-2006 Programmable SFD  
If Register buffercfg, Field rx_buffer_mode = 2 (0x107[1:0]),  
the reception of frames is disabled. This mode is useful for RSSI  
measurements and CCA, if the contents of RX_BUFFER are to  
be preserved.  
An alternative to the standard IEEE 802.15.4-2006 SFD byte can  
optionally be selected by the user. The default setting of Register  
sfd_15_4, Field sfd_symbol_1 and Field sfd_symbol_2 (0x3F4[7:0])  
is the standard IEEE 802.15.4-2006 SFD. If the user programs  
this register with an alternative value, this is used as the SFD in  
Rev. 0 | Page 48 of 108  
 
 
 
 
 
ADF7242  
unchanged during transitions between the PHY_RDY, RX, and  
TX states. The synthesizer settling phase is always required  
because the PLL bandwidth is optimized differently for RX and  
TX operation. The static offset correction phase (OCL_stat) and  
dynamic offset correction phase (OCL_dyn) are also mandatory.  
RECEIVER CALIBRATION  
The receive path is calibrated each time an RC_RX command is  
issued. Figure 84 outlines the synthesizer and receive path  
calibration sequence and timing for the IEEE 802.15.4-2006  
mode of operation. The calibration step VCO_cal is omitted by  
setting Register vco_cal_cfg, Field skip_vco_cal = 15 (0x36F[3:0]),  
which is an option if the value of ch_freq[23:0] remains  
1
2
1
0 TO 20  
n
2
ADDRESS  
INFORMA-  
TION  
FRAME  
PAYLOAD  
REGISTER pkt_cfg, FIELD auto_fcs_off = 1  
REGISTER txpb, FIELD rx_pkt_base  
+ 5 + (0 to 20) + n  
REGISTER rxpb, FIELD rx_pkt_base  
1
2
1
0 TO 20  
n
1
1
ADDRESS  
INFORMA-  
TION  
FRAME  
PAYLOAD  
REGISTER pkt_cfg, FIELD auto_fcs_off = 0  
REGISTER txpb, FIELD rx_pkt_base  
+ 5 + (0 to 20) + n  
REGISTER rxpb, FIELD rx_pkt_base  
Figure 83. IEEE 802.15.4-2006 Packet Fields Stored by the Packet Manager in RX_BUFFER  
0µs TO 1020µs  
192µs  
rx_mac_delay  
mac_delay_ext  
SYNTH  
OCL  
OCL  
INIT  
VCO_cal  
52µs  
SETTLING STATIC  
DYNAMIC  
18µs  
53µs 10µs  
55µs  
SKIPPED IF  
REGISTER vco_cal_cfg,  
FIELD skip_vco_cal = 15  
188µs  
Figure 84. RX Path Calibration, IEEE 802.15.4-2006 Mode  
Rev. 0 | Page 49 of 108  
 
 
 
 
ADF7242  
Figure 85 shows the timing sequence for IEEE 802.15.4-2006  
packet mode. If IEEE 802.15.4-2006 SPORT mode is enabled,  
the timing sequence is the same except that no rx_pkt_rcvd  
interrupt is generated and no automatic transition into the  
PHY_RDY state occurs.  
IEEE 802.15.4-2006 RECEIVE TIMING AND CONTROL  
The IEEE 802.15.4-2006 operating mode is configured with  
Register rc_cfg, Field rc_mode = 0 (0x13E[7:0]) for packet  
mode, and Register rc_cfg, Field rc_mode = 2 for IEEE 802.15.4  
RX SPORT mode. See the SPORT Interface section for details  
on the operation of the SPORT interface. By default, ADF7242  
performs a synthesizer and a receiver path calibration imme-  
diately after it receives an RC_RX command. The transition into  
the RX state occurs after the receiver MAC delay has elapsed. The  
total receiver MAC delay is determined by the sum of the delay  
times configured in Register delaycfg0, Field rx_mac_delay  
(0x109[7:0]) and Register delaycfg2, Field mac_delay_ext  
(0x10B[7:0]). Register delaycfg0, Field rx_mac_delay (0x109[7:0])  
is programmable in steps of 1 μs, whereas Register delaycfg2,  
Field mac_delay_ext (0x10B[7:0]) is programmable in steps of 4  
μs. For IEEE 802.15.4-2006 RX operation, Register delaycfg2,  
Field mac_delay_ext is typically set to 0. It can, however, be  
dynamically used to accurately align the RX slot timing.  
When entering the RX state, if Register cca2, Field rx_auto_cca = 1  
(0x106[1]), a CCA measurement is started. The radio controller  
asserts a cca_complete interrupt when the CCA result is  
available in the status word. Upon detection of the SFD, the  
radio controller asserts an rx_sfd interrupt, which can be used  
by the host MCU for synchronization purposes. By default, the  
ADF7242 transitions into the PHY_RDY state when a valid  
frame has been received into RX_BUFFER and, if enabled, an  
rx_pkt_rcvd interrupt is asserted. This mechanism protects the  
integrity of RX_BUFFER. The RX state can be exited at any  
time by means of an appropriate radio controller command.  
RECEIVED  
PACKET  
PREAMBLE  
RX  
SFD PHR  
PSDU  
RC_RX  
PREVIOUS STATE  
PHY_RDY  
RC_STATUS  
rx_mac_delay +  
mac_delay_ext  
OPERATION  
RX CALIBRATION  
SFD SEARCH  
CCA  
OPTIONAL  
REGISTER irq_src1, FIELD cca_complete  
REGISTER irq_src0, FIELD rc_ready  
REGISTER irq_src1, FIELD rx_sfd  
REGISTER irq_src1, FIELD rx_pkt_rcvd  
Figure 85. RX Timing and Control (IEEE 802.15.4-2006 Packet Mode)  
Rev. 0 | Page 50 of 108  
 
 
ADF7242  
CCA results repeatedly until a RC_PHY_RDY command is  
CLEAR CHANNEL ASSESSMENT (CCA)  
issued. This case is illustrated in Figure 87. The first cca_complete  
interrupt occurs when the first CCA averaging window after the  
RX MAC delay has elapsed. The transceiver then repeatedly  
restarts the CCA averaging window each time a cca_complete  
interrupt is asserted.  
The CCA function of the ADF7242 complies with CCA Mode 1  
as per IEEE 802.15.4-2006. It is also applicable for the GFSK/FSK  
mode of operation.  
A CCA can be specifically requested by means of an RC_CCA  
command or automatically obtained when the transceiver enters  
the RX state. In both cases, the start of the CCA averaging window  
is defined by when the RC_CCA or RC_RX command is issued  
and when the delay is configured in Register delaycfg0, Field rx_  
mac_delay (0x109[7:0]) and Register delaycfg2, Field mac_delay_  
ext (0x10B[7:0]). The CCA result is determined by comparing  
Register cca1, Field cca_thres (0x105[7:0]) against the average  
RSSI value measured throughout the CCA averaging window.  
If the measured RSSI value is less than the threshold value config-  
ured in Register cca1, Field cca_thres (0x105[7:0]), CCA_  
RESULT in the status word is set; otherwise, it is reset. The  
cca_complete interrupt is asserted when CCA_RESULT in the  
status word is valid.  
This configuration is useful for longer channel scans.  
CCA_RESULT in the status word can be used to identify if  
the configured CCA RSSI threshold value has been exceeded  
during a CCA averaging period. Alternatively, the RSSI value in  
Register rrb, Field rssi_readback can be read by the host MCU  
after each cca_complete interrupt. As indicated in Figure 87, the  
RSSI readback value holds the results of the previous RSSI  
measurement cycle throughout the CCA averaging window and  
is updated only shortly before the cca_complete interrupt is  
asserted.  
The RSSI averaging time is programmable with Register agc_  
cfg5, Field rssi_avg_time (0x3B9[1:0]) according to Table 113.  
While operating the transceiver in IEEE 802.15.4-2006 mode,  
setting Register agc_cfg5, Field rssi_avg_time = 2 (0x3B9[1:0]) is  
required for compatibility.  
Figure 86 shows the timing sequence after issuing the RC_CCA  
command when Register cca2, Field continuous_cca = 0  
(0x106[2]). Following the RC_CCA command, the transceiver  
starts the CCA observation window after the delay specified by  
the sum of Register delaycfg0, Field rx_mac_delay (0x109[7:0])  
and Register delaycfg2, field mac_delay_ext (0x10b[7:0]) has  
elapsed. A cca_complete interrupt is asserted at the end of the  
CCA averaging window, and the transceiver enters the  
PHY_RDY state.  
Table 27. RSSI Averaging Time  
Register agc_cfg5, Field rssi_avg_time  
(0x3B9[1:0])  
CCA Averaging  
Period  
0
1
2
3
16 μs  
32 μs  
64 μs  
128 μs  
When Register cca2, Field continuous_cca = 1 (0x106[2]), the  
transceiver remains in CCA state and continues to calculate  
RC_CCA  
PHY_RDY  
CCA  
PHY_RDY  
RC_STATUS  
rx_mac_delay +  
mac_delay_ext  
OPERATION  
RX CALIBRATION  
CCA  
REGISTER irq_src1, FIELD cca_complete  
REGISTER irq_src0, FIELD rc_ready  
Figure 86. CCA Timing Sequence, Register cca2, Bit continuous_cca = 0 (0x106[2])  
RC_CCA  
RC_PHY_RDY  
PHY_RDY  
CCA  
PHY_RDY  
RC_STATUS  
rx_mac_delay +  
mac_delay_ext  
OPERATION  
RX CALIBRATION  
CCA1 CCA2  
RSSI1 RSSI2  
CCAn  
REGISTER rrb, FIELD rssi_readback  
X
RSSIn  
REGISTER irq_src1, FIELD cca_complete  
REGISTER irq_src0, FIELD rc_ready  
Figure 87. CCA Timing Sequence, Register cca2, Bit continuous_cca = 1 (0x106[2])  
Rev. 0 | Page 51 of 108  
 
 
 
ADF7242  
contains an 8-bit value representing the quality of a received  
IEEE 802.15.4-2006 frame. It increases monotonically with the  
signal quality and must be scaled to comply with the IEEE  
802.15.4-2006 standard.  
LINK QUALITY INDICATION (LQI)  
The link quality indication (LQI) is defined in the IEEE 802.15.4-  
2006 standard as a measure of the signal strength and signal quality  
of a received IEEE 802.15.4-2006 frame. The ADF7242 makes  
several measurements available from which an IEEE 802.15.4-2006-  
compliant LQI value can be calculated in the MCU. The first  
parameter is the RSSI value (see the Automatic Gain Control  
(AGC) and Receive Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) subsection  
of the Receiver Radio Blocks section).  
If the ADF7242 is operating in IEEE 802.15.4-2006 packet mode  
(Register rc_cfg, Field rc_mode = 0 (0x13E[7:0])), and Register  
pkt_cfg, Bit auto_fcs_off = 0 (0x108[0]), the SQI of a received  
frame is measured and stored together with the frame in  
RX_BUFFER. The SQI is measured over the entire packet and  
stored in place of the second byte of the FCS of the received  
frame in RX_BUFFER.  
The second parameter required for the LQI calculation can be  
read from Register lrb, Field sqi_readback (0x30D[7:0]), which  
Rev. 0 | Page 52 of 108  
 
ADF7242  
Frame Filtering  
IEEE 802.15.4 AUTOMATIC TX-TO-RX  
TURNAROUND MODE  
Frame filtering is available when the ADF7242 operates in IEEE  
802.15.4 packet mode. The frame filtering function rejects  
received frames not intended for the wireless node. The filtering  
procedure is a superset of the procedure described in Section  
7.5.6.2 (third filtering level) of the IEEE 802.15.4-2006 standard.  
Field addon_en in Register pkt_cfg controls whether frame  
filtering is enabled  
The ADF7242 features an automatic TX-to-RX turnaround  
mode when operating in IEEE 802.15.4-2006 packet mode. The  
automatic TX-to-RX turnaround mode facilitates the timely  
reception of acknowledgment frames.  
Figure 88 illustrates the timing of the automatic TX-to-RX  
turnaround mode. When enabled by setting Register buffercfg,  
Field auto_tx_to_rx_turnaround (0x107[3]), the ADF7242  
automatically enters the RX state following the transmission of  
an IEEE 802.15.4-2006 frame. After the combined receiver  
MAC delay (Register delaycfg0, Field rx_mac_delay + Register  
delaycfg2, Field mac_delay_ext), the ADF7242 enters the RX  
state and is ready to receive a frame into RX_BUFFER.  
Subsequently, when a valid IEEE 802.15.4-2006 frame is  
received, the ADF7242 enters the PHY_RDY state.  
Automatic Acknowledgment  
The ADF7242 has a feature that enables the automatic transmis-  
sion of acknowledgment frames after successfully receiving a  
frame. The automatic acknowledgment feature of the receiver  
can only be used in conjunction with the IEEE 802.15.4 frame  
filtering feature. When enabled, an acknowledgment frame is  
automatically transmitted when the following conditions are  
met:  
IEEE 802.15.4 FRAME FILTERING, AUTOMATIC  
ACKNOWLEDGE, AND AUTOMATIC CSMA/CA  
The received frame is accepted by the frame filtering  
procedure.  
The received frame is not a beacon or acknowledgment  
frame.  
The acknowledgment request bit is set in the FCF of the  
received frame.  
The following IEEE 802.15.4-2006 functions are enabled by the  
firmware module, RCCM_IEEEX:  
Automatic IEEE 802.15.4 frame filtering  
Automatic acknowledgment of received valid IEEE  
802.15.4 frames  
Automatic frame transmission using unslotted CSMA/CA  
with automatic retries  
See the Downloadable Firmware Modules and Writing to the  
ADF7242 sections for details on how to download a firmware  
module to the ADF7242.  
PACKET TRANSMITTED  
PACKET RECEIVED  
FRAME IN TX_BUFFER  
VALID IEEE802.15.4-2006 FRAME  
TX  
RX  
PHY-RDY  
RC_STATUS  
rx_mac_delay +  
mac_delay_ext  
REGISTER irq_src0, FIELD rc_ready  
REGISTER irq_src1, FIELD rx_pkt_rcvd  
REGISTER irq_src1, FIELD rx_pkt_sent  
Figure 88. IEEE 802.15.4-2006 Auto TX-to-RX Turnaround Mode  
Rev. 0 | Page 53 of 108  
 
 
ADF7242  
Figure 89 shows the format of the acknowledgment frame  
assembled by the ADF7242. The sequence number (Seq. Num.)  
is copied from the frame stored in RX_BUFFER. The automatic  
acknowledgment feature of the receiver uses TX_BUFFER to  
store the constructed acknowledgment frame prior to its  
transmission. Any data present in TX_BUFFER is overwritten  
by the acknowledgment frame prior to its transmission.  
of the frame to commence immediately after the MAC delay has  
expired. This configuration facilitates the implementation of the  
transmit procedure in networks using slotted CSMA/CA. In this  
case, the timing of the CCA operation must be controlled by the  
host MCU, and the number of retries must be set to 1.  
Prior to the transmission of the frame stored in TX_BUFFER the  
radio controller checks if the acknowledge request bit in the  
FCF of that frame is set. If it is set, then an acknowledgment  
frame is expected following the transmission. Otherwise, the  
transaction is complete after the frame has been transmitted.  
The acknowledgment request bit is Bit 5 of the byte located at  
the address contained in Register txpb, Field tx_packet_base + 1.  
4
1
1
2
1
2
PREAMBLE  
Figure 89. ACK Frame Format  
The transmission of the ACK frame starts after the combined  
delay given by the sum of the delays specified in Register  
delaycfg1, Field tx_mac_delay and Register delay_cfg2, Field  
mac_delay_ext has elapsed. The default settings of Register  
delaycfg1, Field tx_mac_delay = 192 and Register delay_cfg2,  
Field mac_delay_ext = 0 result in a delay of 192 μs, which suits  
networks using unslotted CSMA/CA. Optionally, Register  
delay_cfg2, Field mac_delay_ext can be updated dynamically  
while the delay specified in Register delaycfg1, Field  
Figure 90 depicts the automatic CSMA/CA operation. The  
firmware module download enables an additional command,  
RC_CSMACA, to initiate this CSMA/CA operation. It also  
enables an additional interrupt, csma_ca_complete, to be set to  
indicate when the CSMA/CA procedure is completed. As per  
the IEEE 802.15.4-2006 standard for unslotted CSMA/CA, the  
first CCA is delayed by a random number of backoff periods,  
where a unit backoff period is 320 μs. The CCA is carried out  
for a period of 128 μs as specified in the IEEE 802.15.4-2006  
standard.  
tx_mac_delay elapses. This option enables accurate alignment  
of the acknowledgment frame with the back-off slot boundaries  
in networks using slotted CSMA/CA.  
If a busy channel is detected during the CCA phase, the radio  
controller performs the next delay/CCA cycle until the maxi-  
mum number of CCA retries specified has been reached. If the  
maximum number of allowed CCA retries has been reached,  
the operation is aborted and the device transitions to the  
PHY_RDY state.  
When the receiver automatic acknowledgment mode is enabled,  
the ADF7242 remains in the RX state until a valid frame has  
been received. When enabled, an rx_pkt_rcvd interrupt is  
generated. The ADF7242 then automatically enters the TX state  
until the transmission of the acknowledgment frame is  
complete. When enabled, a tx_pkt_sent interrupt is generated to  
signal the end of the transmission phase. Subsequently, the  
ADF7242 returns to the PHY_RDY state.  
If the CCA was successful, the radio controller changes the  
device state from the CCA state to the TX state and transmits  
the frame stored in TX_BUFFER. The minimum turnaround  
time from RX to TX is 106 μs. If neither the acknowledge  
request bit in the transmitted frame nor the csma_ca_turnaround  
bit are set, the device returns to the PHY_RDY state immedi-  
ately upon completion of the frame transmission. Otherwise, it  
enters the RX state and waits for up to 864 μs for an acknowledg-  
ment. If an acknowledgment is not received within this time  
and the maximum number of frame retries has not been reached,  
the ADF7242 remains inside the frame transmit retry loop  
and starts the next CSMA/CA cycle. Otherwise, it exits to the  
PHY_RDY state. The procedure exits with a csma_ca_complete  
interrupt.  
Automatic Unslotted CSMA/CA Transmit Operation  
The automatic CSMA/CA transmit operation automatically  
performs all necessary steps to transmit frames in accordance  
with the IEEE 802.15.4-2006 standard for unslotted CSMA/CA  
network operation. It includes automatic CCA retries with  
random backoff, frame transmission, reception of the  
acknowledgment frame, and automatic retries in the case of  
transmission failure. Partial support is provided for slotted  
CSMA/CA operation.  
The number of CSMA/CA CCA retries can be specified  
between 0 and 5 in accordance with the IEEE 802.15.4 standard.  
The CSMA/CA can also be disabled, causing the transmission  
Rev. 0 | Page 54 of 108  
 
ADF7242  
FRAME Tx RETRY LOOP  
OPTION TO SKIP FOR  
SLOTTED CSMA/CA  
SKIPPED IF  
ACK REQUEST BIT IS NOT SET  
CSMA-CA PHASE  
ACK Rx PHASE  
RC_CSMACA  
COMMAND  
FRAME  
TRANSMIT  
RECEIVE  
ACK  
CCA  
BE  
rx_mac_delay  
rnd(2 – 1)  
192µs (def)  
320µs  
128µs  
106µs  
192µs  
<864µs  
RX  
STATE  
PREVIOUS STATE  
CCA  
Tx  
PHY_RDY  
csma_ca_complete  
Figure 90. Automatic CSMA/CA Transmit Operation (with CCA)  
Rev. 0 | Page 55 of 108  
 
ADF7242  
If fsk_preamble_match level is set to 0x0C, the ADF7242 must  
receive 12 consecutive b10 pairs (three bytes) to confirm valid  
preamble has been detected. Then, the preamble level must be  
maintained equal or above the detection threshold over a  
number of bytes to obtain full qualification. If the number of  
erroneous bit-pairs drops below the detection threshold before  
the end of the qualification time; the packet manager discards  
the preamble and restarts the detection.  
RECEIVER IN GFSK/FSK MODE  
The packet manager can detect and interrupt the host MCU  
upon receiving a qualified preamble, sync word, or valid FCS.  
The packet manager then stores the received data payload in the  
packet RAM. This section describes the various configurations  
of the packet manager in receive mode.  
GFSK/FSK Packet Mode Reception  
To configure GFSK/FSK packet mode, set Register rc_cfg, Field  
rc_mode = 4 (0x13E[7:0])). Register writes required to confi-  
gure GFSK/FSK SPORT are given in the SPORT Interface  
section. Table 29 shows the fields applicable to GFSK/FSK  
packet reception, and Figure 91 shows which fields are stored by  
the packet manager in RX_BUFFER.  
The number of preamble bytes required for qualification can be  
set by Register preamble_num_validate (0x3F3). The user can  
select the option to automatically lock the AFC and/or AGC at  
this point. The lock AFC on preamble qualification can be  
enabled by setting Register afc_config, Field afc_lock_mode =  
0x3 (0x3F7[1:0]). The lock AGC on preamble detection can be  
enabled by setting Register fsk_preamble_config, Field fsk_agc_  
lock_after_preamble to 1 (0x111[5]).  
Preamble  
This is a mandatory part of the packet that is automatically  
removed after receiving a packet. In receive mode, the preamble  
detection circuit tracks the received frame as a sliding window.  
The window is three bytes in length, and the preamble pattern is  
fixed at 0xAA. The preamble bits are examined in 2-bit pairs  
(for example, b10). If either or both bits are in error, the pair is  
deemed erroneous. The possible erroneous pairs are b00, b11,  
and b01. The number of erroneous pairs tolerated in the  
preamble detection can be set by Register fsk_preamble_config,  
Field fsk_preamble_match_level, as shown in Table 28.  
Table 28. Preamble Detection Tolerance  
(Register fsk_preamble_config, Location 0x111)  
Value  
0x0C  
0x0B  
0x0A  
0x09  
0x08  
0x00  
Description  
0 errors allowed  
1 erroneous bit-pair allowed in 12 bit-pairs  
2 erroneous bit-pairs allowed in 12 bit-pairs  
3 erroneous bit-pairs allowed in 12 bit-pairs  
4 erroneous bit-pairs allowed in 12 bit-pairs  
Preamble detection disabled  
Table 29. Description of Fields Applicable to GFSK/FSK Packet Reception  
Packet Structure  
Payload  
Field  
Preamble  
No  
SWD  
Yes  
Length  
N/A  
Payload Data  
CRC  
Yes  
Postamble  
N/A  
Receive Interrupt on Valid Field Detection  
Programmable Field Error Tolerance in RX  
N/A  
N/A  
Yes  
Yes  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
n = 1 TO 252  
2
2
FRAME  
PAYLOAD  
REGISTER pkt_cfg, FIELD auto_fcs_off = 0  
REGISTER rxpb, FIELD rx_pkt_base  
REGISTER rxpb, FIELD rx_pkt_base  
2 + n  
REGISTER rc_cfg, FIELD rc_mode = 4  
n = 1 TO 254  
2
FRAME  
PAYLOAD  
REGISTER pkt_cfg, FIELD auto_fcs_off = 1  
REGISTER rxpb, FIELD rx_pkt_base  
Figure 91. GFSK/FSK Packet Fields stored by the Packet Manager in RX_BUFFER  
Rev. 0 | Page 56 of 108  
 
 
 
 
 
 
ADF7242  
When preamble has been qualified, the packet manager  
searches for a sync word. From the end of preamble, the chip  
processor searches for the sync word for a maximum duration  
of four bytes. This is illustrated in Figure 92. If sync word is  
detected during this window, the packet manager stores the  
received payload to packet RAM and computes the CRC (if  
enabled). If the sync word is not detected during this duration,  
the packet manager unlocks the AGC/AFC and then returns to  
searching for preamble.  
The ADF7242 can provide an interrupt on reception of the  
programmed sync word. This feature can be used to alert the  
host microprocessor that a valid packet has been received. An  
error tolerance parameter can also be programmed that accepts  
a valid match when up to three bits of the sync word sequence  
are incorrect. The error tolerance value is set using the sync_tol  
setting in Register sync_config (0x10F[6:5]) as described in  
Table 30. On reception of a valid sync word, the chip processor  
automatically writes the receive payload to the packet RAM.  
The rx_pkt_base value in Register rxpb sets the location in  
packet RAM of the first byte of the received payload. For more  
details on packet RAM, refer to the Memory Map section.  
Preamble detection can be disabled by setting Register fsk_  
preamble_config, Field skip_preamble_detect_qual high  
(Location 0x111).  
Table 30. Sync Word Detection Tolerance (sync_config,  
Register 0x10F)  
SEARCH FOR PREAMBLE  
PREAMBLE DETECTED  
Value  
Description  
00  
01  
10  
11  
0 bit errors allowed  
1 bit error allowed  
2 bit errors allowed  
3 bit errors allowed  
SEARCH FOR SYNC WORD  
SEARCH DURATION (BITS)  
NO SYNC WORD DETECTED  
FROM END OF PREAMBLE =  
DURING SEARCH DURATION  
SYNC_WORD_LENGTH + 16 BITS +  
PREAMBLE ERROR TOLERANCE (BITS)  
CRC  
SYNC WORD DETECTED  
DURING SEARCH DURATION  
To enable CRC detection on the receiver with the 16-bit CRC  
described in the Transmitter in GFSK/FSK Mode section, set  
Register pkt_cfg, Field auto_fcs_off = 0 (0x108[0]). This is the  
default setting. An interrupt on reception of a valid packet  
containing the correct CRC can be enabled by setting the  
rx_pkt_rcvd interrupt in Register irq1_en1 or Register irq2_en1.  
PROCESS PAYLOAD  
Figure 92. Search for Preamble and Search for Sync Word Routine  
By the Packet Manager  
Sync Word (SWD)  
This is the synchronization word that is used by the receiver for  
byte-level synchronization, while also providing an optional  
interrupt on detection. It is automatically removed after  
receiving a packet.  
If it is desired to receive a packet that has a CRC word generated  
by a different CRC formula, the host MCU should set Register  
pkt_cfg, Field auto_fcs_off = 1. The CRC word received is  
stored in RX_BUFFER, as shown in Figure 91. An rx_pkt_rcvd  
interrupt is not generated; therefore, it is recommended that an  
rx_sfd interrupt be enabled to inform the host MCU when a  
packet has been received. Refer to the Interrupt Controller  
section for details.  
The value of the SWD is set in the sync_word0, sync_word1,  
and sync_word2 registers (0x10C, 0x10D, and 0x10E). The  
SWD is transmitted most significant bit first starting with  
sync_word2. The SWD matching length at the receiver is set  
using Register sync_config, Field sync_len (0x10F[4:0]) and can  
be one bit to 24 bits in length.  
Rev. 0 | Page 57 of 108  
 
 
ADF7242  
Receive GFSK/FSK Demodulator  
with low data rates, the frequency error between the local  
oscillator of the transmitter and receiver can be a significant  
fraction of the deviation frequency. This frequency error must  
be considered when optimizing the demodulator bandwidth  
setting to ensure reliable operation. The discriminator band-  
width setting is set by Register dm_cfg0, Field discriminator_bw  
(0x305[6:0]). The discriminator bandwidth setting can be  
calculated from  
Figure 93 shows a block diagram of the receive demodulator. A  
correlator demodulator is used for 2FSK and GFSK demodula-  
tion. The quadrature outputs of the analog baseband filter are  
digitized and then fed to a digital frequency correlator that  
performs filtering and frequency discrimination of the FSK or  
GFSK signal.  
For GFSK/FSK demodulation, data is recovered by comparing  
the output levels from two correlators. The performance of this  
frequency discriminator approximates that of a matched filter  
detector, which is known to provide optimum detection in the  
presence of additive white Gaussian noise (AWGN). This method  
of GFSK/FSK demodulation provides approximately 3 dB to  
4 dB better sensitivity than a linear demodulator.  
3.25 MHz  
discriminator _ bw[6 : 0] =  
FSK _ dev + freq _ error _ max  
where:  
FSK_dev is the GFSK/FSK frequency deviation in Hz (measured  
from the RF carrier to the Logic 0 or Logic 1 frequency).  
freq_error_max is the maximum expected frequency error, in  
hertz (Hz), between the carrier frequency of the transmitted  
signal and the local oscillator (LO) frequency of the receiver.  
The correlator demodulator bandwidth must be configured with  
Register dm_cfg0, Field discriminator_bw (0x305[6:0]) to match  
the deviation frequency of the received signal. For applications  
SPORT MODE  
GPIOs  
ADC  
CLOCK  
AND DATA  
PREAMBLE  
DETECT  
CORRELATOR  
DEMODULATOR  
ADC  
SYNCWORD  
DETECT  
REGISTER iirf_cfg, FIELD iir_stage1_bw  
REGISTER dm_cfg0,  
PACKET MANAGER  
FIELD discriminator_bw  
REGISTER iirf_cfg, FIELD iir_stage2_bw  
REGISTER dr0, FIELD data_rate_high  
REGISTER dr1, FIELD data_rate_low  
REGISTER dm_cfg1,  
FIELD postdemod_bw  
AFC SYSTEM  
T
2
RF  
SYNTHESIZER  
(LO)  
RANGE  
AVERAGING  
FILTER  
PI  
CONTROL  
afc_range  
afc_cfg  
REGISTER afc_ki_kp, FIELD afc_ki  
REGISTER afc_ki_kp, FIELD afc_kp  
Figure 93. Structure of RX Demodulator  
Rev. 0 | Page 58 of 108  
 
ADF7242  
Automatic Frequency Correction (AFC)  
Postdemodulator Filter  
A shown in Figure 93, the ADF7242 is equipped with a fully  
automatic real-time AFC function. It is used to maintain an  
optimal link budget in the presence of frequency errors between  
the local oscillators of the receiver and transmitter. AFC is sup-  
ported in GFSK/FSK mode only.  
The digital post demodulator filter, shown in Figure 93,  
removes excess noise from the demodulator output. Its  
bandwidth is programmable with Register dm_cfg1, Field  
postdemod_bw (0x38B[7:0]) and should be optimized for the  
data rate used. If the bandwidth is set too narrow, performance  
degrades due to intersymbol interference. If the bandwidth is  
set too wide, performance degrades due to excess noise. For  
optimum performance, the post demodulator filter bandwidth  
should be set to 0.75 × data rate. The following formula can be used  
to determine the appropriate register setting:  
When AFC is enabled, an internal control loop automatically  
monitors the frequency error during the preamble sequence of  
the packet and adjusts the synthesizer LO using an internal  
proportional integral (PI) control loop. The AFC frequency  
error measurement bandwidth is targeted specifically at the  
packet preamble sequence (dc free). When preamble is detected,  
the AFC is locked by the radio controller. AFC lock is released if  
the sync word is not detected immediately after the end of  
preamble. This can be due to false lock, poor quality preamble,  
and/or sync word. If the qualified preamble is followed by a  
qualified sync word, the AFC lock is maintained for the  
duration of the packet.  
postdemod_bw = roundoff(17 × 10−5 × (0.75 ×  
data rate[bps]) − 4 × 10−11(0.75 × data rate[bps])2)  
Refer to the Device Configuration section for recommended  
postdemodulator filter settings and for example data rates.  
Clock and Data Recovery (CDR)  
An oversampled digital clock and data recovery (CDR) PLL is  
used to resynchronize the received bit stream to a local clock in all  
modulation modes. The data rate of the CDR is set by Register  
dr0, Field data_rate_high (0x30E[7:0]) and Register dr1, Field  
data_rate_low (0x30F[7:0]).  
Setting Register afc_cfg, Field afc_mode = 3 (0x3F7[1:0]) enables  
AFC operation with automatic preamble locking, which is the  
recommended setting. The frequency error readback word in  
Register afc_read, Field afc_freq_error (0x3FA[7:0]) is conti-  
nuously updated until the AFC is locked. The frequency correction  
is maintained if the ADF7242 transitions to another state (such  
as TX). It is overwritten with a new frequency correction value  
when the receiver next detects valid preamble, or it can be cleared  
by setting Register afc_range, Field max_afc_range = 0 and  
Register afc_cfg, Field afc_mode = 2.  
The maximum data rate tolerance of the CDR PLL is deter-  
mined by the number of bit transitions in the transmitted  
packet. For example, if using GFSK/FSK with a 101010…  
preamble, a maximum tolerance of 3.0ꢀ of the data rate is  
achieved.  
This tolerance is reduced during the recovery of the remainder  
of the packet where data transitions may not occur on regular  
intervals.  
The recommended settings for the AFC control loop parameters  
are Register afc_ki_kp, Field afc_ki = 9 and Register afc_ki_kp,  
Field afc_kp = 9. An example of AFC performance for a  
selection of data rates is given in Table 31.  
However, it is possible to tolerate uncoded payload data fields  
and payload data fields with long run length coding constraints  
if the data rate tolerance and packet length are both con-  
strained. More details of CDR operation using uncoded packet  
formats are described in the AN-915 Application Note.  
The maximum AFC correction range is set by Register afc_range,  
Field max_afc_range. It has a resolution of 1 kHz. This setting  
helps prevent the AFC loop from attempting to acquire signals  
outside the frequency range of interest. The AFC detects and  
corrects frequency errors up to max_afc_range from the pro-  
grammed channel frequency. The nominal channel frequency is set  
by the frequency control word, ch_freq[23:0]. The max_afc_range  
value is generally set to less than half the bandwidth of the  
baseband filter.  
The CDR is designed for fast acquisition of the recovered symbols  
during the preamble and typically achieves bit synchronization  
within five symbol transitions of preamble.  
Table 31. Example AFC Performance  
Parameter  
2000 kbps, fDEV = 500 kHz  
500 kbps, fDEV = 250 kHz  
Preamble Length  
11 bytes  
165 kHz  
80 kHz  
7 bytes  
190 kHz  
80 kHz  
90 kHz  
Frequency Error Tolerance with AFC  
Maximum AFC Correction Range  
Frequency Error Tolerance Without AFC  
55 kHz  
Rev. 0 | Page 59 of 108  
 
ADF7242  
Receiver Calibration in GFSK/FSK Mode  
GFSK/FSK Receive Timing and Control  
The receive path is calibrated each time an RC_RX command is  
issued. The sequence is identical for IEEE 802.15.4 and  
GFSK/FSK mode of operation; the timing parameters, however,  
are different. Figure 94 outlines the synthesizer and receive path  
calibration sequence and timing for the GFSK/FSK mode of  
operation. (See the Receiver Calibration section for information  
on which calibration stages are mandatory and which are optional.)  
GFSK/FSK receive mode is enabled by setting Register rc_cfg, Field  
rc_mode = 3 (0x13E[7:0]). See the SPORT Interface section for  
details. Figure 95 shows the timing and control sequence for  
GFSK/FSK SPORT mode. Figure 96 shows the timing and  
control sequence for GFSK/FSK packet mode.  
In order for the RC_READY interrupt to be generated at the  
correct time, Register delaycfg2, Field mac_delay_ext must be  
set to 0x76 (472 μs). If this value is set, the total MAC delay in  
GFSK/FSK receive mode is 664 μs. For applications requiring  
fast turnaround times, it is recommended that Register delaycfg2,  
Field mac_delay_ext be set to 0x00. In this case, the RC_  
READY interrupt should be ignored because the calibration  
time is still 664 μs.  
In GFSK/FSK reception, the total receiver calibration time is  
664 μs. Assuming that Register delaycfg0, Field rx_mac_delay  
(0x109[7:0]) remains at the default delay setting of 192 μs, this  
requires Register delaycfg2, Field mac_delay_ext (0x10B[7:0])  
to be set to 472 μs. Optimal receiver performance is achieved  
when no input signal is present during the receiver MAC delay.  
192µs  
472µs TO 1020µs  
Following the receiver MAC delay, the transceiver enters the RX  
state. The transceiver starts to search for a valid preamble/sync  
word. If enabled, an rx_sfd interrupt is asserted when a preamble  
followed by the correct sync word has been received. In GFSK/  
FSK SPORT mode, the framing signal appearing on the IRQ2_  
TRFS_GP2 output provides more accurate timing information  
than the rx_sfd interrupt and no rx_pkt_rcvd interrupt is  
generated. A command to enter an alternative state must be  
issued to exit the RX state.  
rx_mac_delay  
mac_delay_ext  
SYNTH  
SETTLING STATIC  
OCL  
OCL  
INIT VCO_cal  
DYNAMIC  
18µs  
52µs  
80µs  
10µs  
404µs  
SKIPPED IF  
REGISTER vco_cal_cfg,  
FIELD skip_vco_cal = 15  
664µs  
Figure 94. Receive Path Calibration, GFSK/FSK Mode  
RECEIVED  
PACKET  
PREAMBLE  
RX  
SFD PHR  
PSDU  
RC_RX  
RC_PHY_RDY  
PREVIOUS STATE  
PHY_RDY  
RC_STATUS  
rx_mac_delay +  
mac_delay_ext  
OPERATION  
RX CALIBRATION  
SYNC SEARCH  
REGISTER irq_src1, FIELD rx_sfd  
REGISTER irq_src0, FIELD rc_ready  
Figure 95. RX Timing and Control GFSK/FSK SPORT Mode  
PREAMBLE SWD  
PAYLOAD  
POSTAMBLE  
RECEIVED PACKET  
RC_TX  
RC_STATUS  
PREVIOUS STATE  
TX  
PHY_RDY  
FIELD rx_mac_delay +  
mac_delay_extension  
OPERATION  
RX CALIBRATION  
SWD SEARCH  
REGISTER irq_src0, FIELD rc_ready  
REGISTER irq_src0, FIELD rx_sfd  
REGISTER irq_src0, FIELD rx_pkt_rcvd  
Figure 96. RX Timing and Control GFSK/FSK Packet Mode  
Rev. 0 | Page 60 of 108  
 
 
 
ADF7242  
Offset Correction Loop (OCL)  
RECEIVER RADIO BLOCKS  
The ADF7242 is equipped with a fast and autonomous offset  
correction loop (OCL), which cancels both static and dynamic  
time-varying offset voltages present in the zero-IF receiver path.  
In IEEE 802.15.4 mode, the OCL operates continuously and is  
not constrained by the formatting, timing, or synchronization  
of the data being received. In GFSK/FSK mode, the OCL is  
active only during the receive path calibration phase. After  
minimizing the offset voltage, the OCL is automatically frozen  
until the next RC_RX command is issued. This scheme allows  
the ADF7242 to maintain its RF sensitivity independent of any  
data formatting constraints in the GFSK/FSK mode. The  
scheme is also suitable for fast hopping spread-spectrum (FHSS)  
communication systems. However, because the offset voltages in  
the receive path are subject to drift over time, there is an upper  
limit on the channel dwell time. When operating in GFSK/FSK  
mode, it is recommended to re-issue the RC_RX command at  
least every 400 ms. It is recommended to use the values listed in  
the Device Configuration section for the configuration registers  
pertaining to the offset correction loop.  
Baseband Filter  
Baseband filtering on the ADF7242 is accomplished by a cascade of  
analog and digital filters. The single-sided 3 dB bandwidth of the  
analog baseband filter is programmable from 555 kHz to 1126 kHz  
through Register rxfe_cfg, Field rxbb_bw_ana (0x39B[3:0]). The  
bandwidth of the digital filter can be set with Register iirf_cfg,  
Field iir_stage1_bw (0x389[1:0]) and Register iirf_cfg, Field  
iir_stage2_bw (0x389[4:2]). The recommended settings for  
these registers given in the Device Configuration section are  
based on the modulation parameters shown in Table 22 in the  
Transmitter section. These settings assume a crystal frequency  
tolerance of 20 ppm for GFSK/FSK mode and 40 ppm for  
IEEE 802.15.4-2006 mode. Any changes in Register rxfe_cfg,  
Field rxbb_bw_ana take effect only upon transition from the idle  
to the PHY_RDY state. Table 32 shows example bandwidths for  
the analog and digital filters.  
Table 32. Analog and Digital Filter Parameters  
Analog Filter  
Digital Filter  
Register rxfe_cfg, Field  
rxbb_bw_ana (0x39B[3:0])  
One-Sided 3 dB  
Bandwidth (kHz)  
Register iirf_cfg, Field  
iir_stage1_bw (0x389[1:0])  
Register iirf_cfg, Field One-Sided 3 dB  
iir_stage2_bw (0x389[4:2]). Bandwidth (kHz)  
14  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
1126  
1086  
1029  
991  
927  
867  
2
2
2
2
3
4
480  
320  
260  
797  
8
730  
7
655  
6
555  
Rev. 0 | Page 61 of 108  
 
 
 
 
ADF7242  
where  
α = 2 + (Register agc_cfg5, Field agc_filt2_tavg1) +(Register  
Automatic Gain Control (AGC) and Receive Signal  
Strength Indicator (RSSI)  
The ADF7242 AGC circuit features fast overload recovery using  
dynamic bandwidth adjustments for fast preamble acquisition  
and optimum utilization of the dynamic range of the receiver path.  
The radio controller automatically enables the AGC after an  
offset correction phase, which is carried out when the trans-  
ceiver enters the RX state. The optimum AGC configuration  
parameters depend on the selected data rate, the modulation  
format, and the configuration of the receiver offset correction  
loop. The recommended settings for the AGC configuration  
registers based on the modulation parameters, shown in Table 22,  
are given in the Device Configuration section.  
agc_cfg6, Field agc_filt2_tavg2) + (Register agc_cfg5, Field  
rssi_avg_time)  
In IEEE 802.15.4-2006 mode, the default RSSI averaging period  
of 128 μs, or eight symbol periods, must be used for compliance  
with the IEEE 802.15.4-2006 standard. If the ADF7242 is  
operating in the IEEE 802.15.4-2006 packet mode, the RSSI of  
received frames is measured and stored together with the frame  
in RX_BUFFER. The RSSI is measured in a window with a  
length of eight symbols immediately following the detected  
SFD. The result is then stored in place of the first byte of the  
FCS of the received frame in RX_BUFFER. For GFSK/FSK  
mode, the optimum RSSI averaging time is application dependent  
and the default settings should be appropriate for most  
applications.  
In GFSK/FSK mode, it is possible to lock the AGC and prevent  
further gain updates after the reception of the preamble using  
Register fsk_preamble_config, Field fsk_agc_lock_after_  
preamble.  
It is also possible to compensate for systematic errors of the  
measured RSSI value and/or production tolerances by adjusting  
the RSSI readback value by an offset value that can be  
programmed in Register agc_cfg5, Field rssi_offs (0x3B9[4:2]).  
The adjustment resolution is in 1 dB steps.  
The RSSI readback value is continuously updated while the  
ADF7242 is in the RX state. The result is provided in Register  
rrb, Field rssi_readback (0x30C[7:0]) in decibels relative to  
1 mW (dBm) using signed twos complement notation. The  
RSSI averaging window is synchronized with the start of the  
active RX phase at the end of the MAC delay following an  
RC_RX command. The RSSI averaging time is programmable  
with Register agc_cfg5, Field rssi_avg_time (0x3B9[1:0]), and  
depends on the AGC update rate according to the following  
formula:  
T_avg_rssi = 77 ns × 2α  
Rev. 0 | Page 62 of 108  
 
ADF7242  
SPORT INTERFACE  
The SPORT interface is a high speed synchronous serial interface  
suitable for interfacing to a wide variety of MCUs and DSPs,  
without the use of glue logic. These include, among others, the  
ADSP-21xx, SHARC, TigerSHARC and Blackfin DSPs. Figure 116  
and Figure 117 show typical application diagrams using one of  
the available SPORT modes. The interface uses four signals, a clock  
output (TRCLK_CKO_GP3), a receive data output (DR_GP0),  
a transmit data input (DT_GP1), and a framing signal output  
(IRQ2_TRFS_GP2). The IRQ2 output functionality is not  
available while the SPORT interface is enabled. The SPORT  
interface supports GFSK/FSK and IEEE 802.15.4 receive and  
transmit operations. When using GFSK/FSK mode, the polarity of  
the receive/transmit clock appearing on the TRCLK_CKO_GP3  
output is programmable. A detailed overview of the function of  
the interface pins for each GFSK/FSK mode SPORT configuration  
is listed in Table 33. The corresponding list for IEEE 802.15.4  
mode is listed in Table 34. It is possible to use the SPORT  
interface for transmitting IEEE 802.15.4 frames by configuring  
the ADF7242 in 2 Mbps FSK mode (see Device Configuration  
section) and performing the symbol chipping operation  
externally.  
outlined in the GFSK/FSK Packet Mode Reception section,  
prior to issuing the RC_RX command.  
When in SPORT mode, received data continues to appear on  
the interface pins until the RC_RX command is reissued or the  
RX state is exited by means of an appropriate SPI command.  
The following SPORT operating modes can be selected.  
Register gp_cfg, Field gpio_config = 1 or  
Field gpio_config = 4  
The data clock is enabled at the TRCLK_CKO_GP3 output  
together with the received data at the DR_GP0 output during  
the receiver MAC delay. The GFSK/FSK SWD is ignored in this  
configuration. The IRQ2_TRFS_GP2 output has no function.  
Figure 10 illustrates further timing details.  
Register gp_cfg, Field gpio_config = 2 or  
Field gpio_config = 5  
When a preamble signal has been detected, the data clock and  
data signals start to appear at the TRCLK_CKO_GP3 and  
DR_GP0 output, respectively. The IRQ2_TRFS_GP2 output  
goes HIGH when the sync word has been detected in the  
received GFSK/FSK bit stream. Figure 11 shows more timing  
details.  
GFSK/FSK SPORT MODE  
GFSK/FSK SPORT Mode Transmit Operation  
Register gp_cfg, Field gpio_config = 3 or  
Field gpio_config = 6  
Figure 97 illustrates the operation of the SPORT interface in the  
TX state. The SPORT interface is enabled by setting Register  
gp_cfg, Bit gpio_config = 1 or Bit gpio_config = 4 (0x32C[7:0])  
depending on the desired clock polarity. When enabled, the  
data input of the transmitter is fully controlled by the SPORT  
interface. The transmit clock appears when the transmit MAC  
delay (tx_max_delay) has elapsed. The ADF7242 keeps transmit-  
ting the serial data presented at the DT_GP1 input until the TX  
state is exited by means of a command, for example, the RC_  
PHY_RDY command. A timing diagram GFSK/FSK transmit  
SPORT mode is provided in Figure 13.  
The data clock starts to appear at the TRCLK_CKO_GP3 output  
when a valid preamble and the SWD have both been detected in  
the received GFSK/FSK bit stream. The first active clock edge  
corresponds with the first data bit following the GFSK/FSK  
SWD appearing on the DR_GP0 output. The framing signal  
IRQ2_TRFS_GP2 goes high when the SWD has been detected  
in the received bit sequence. The DR_GP0 output signal should  
be ignored prior to the first active clock edge appearing on the  
TRCLK_CKO_GP3 output. Figure 12 illustrates the applicable  
timing details.  
GFSK/FSK SPORT Mode Receive Operation  
SWD and Preamble in GFSK/FSK SPORT Mode  
The SPORT interface supports GFSK/FSK receive operation  
with a number of modes to suit particular signaling require-  
ments, as shown in Figure 98. For GFSK/FSK receive SPORT  
operation, set Register rc_cfg, Field rc_mode = 3 (0x13E[7:0]).  
This disables any packet-level processing by the packet  
manager. The operating mode of the SPORT interface can be  
configured through Register gp_cfg, Bit gpio_config  
(0x32C[7:0]). Table 33 shows an overview of all available  
configurations. The SPORT mode configurations gpio_config =  
2, 3, 5, and 6 in Register gp_cfg provide synchronization with a  
programmable SWD. For these modes, the synchronization  
block must be configured with appropriate register writes as  
To configure GFSK/FSK SPORT mode, set Register rc_cfg, Field  
rc_mode = 3 (0x13E[7:0]). The preamble length requirements  
and tolerance options described in the GFSK/FSK Packet Mode  
section also apply for SPORT mode. The ADF7242 can also  
support automatic detection of a SWD in SPORT mode. The  
ADF7242 SWD detection algorithm as described in the  
GFSK/FSK Packet Mode Reception section applies. There are a  
number of clock and data gating options available. Options  
include gating received data on preamble, or SWD detection.  
Refer to Table 33 for further details.  
Rev. 0 | Page 63 of 108  
 
 
ADF7242  
RC_PHY_RDY  
RC_TX  
REGISTER gp_cfg,  
FIELD gpio_config  
PREAMBLE SYNC  
tx_mac_delay  
PACKET  
TRCLK_CKO_GP3  
DT_GP1  
1, (4)  
IRQ2_TRFS_GP2  
Figure 97. SPORT Operation in GFSK/FSK TX State  
RC_RX  
RC_PHY_RDY  
PACKET  
REGISTER gp_cfg,  
FIELD gpio_config  
NOISE PREAMBLE SYNC  
rx_mac_delay  
NOISE  
TRCLK_CKO_GP3  
DR_GP0  
1, (4)  
2, (5)  
IRQ2_TRFS_GP2  
TRCLK_CKO_GP3  
DR_GP0  
IRQ2_TRFS_GP2  
TRCLK_CKO_GP3  
DR_GP0  
3, (6)  
IRQ2_TRFS_GP2  
Figure 98. Overview of SPORT Modes in GFSK/FSK RX State  
Table 33. GFSK/FSK Mode SPORT Interface Configurations  
Register gp_cfg,  
Bit gpio_config  
IRQ2_TRFS_GP2  
DR_GP0  
DT_GP1  
TRCLK_CKO_GP3  
1
RX: not used, low  
TX: not used, low  
RX: data output, changes at  
falling edge of data clock  
TX: not used  
RX: not used  
TX: data input, sampled at  
rising edge of data clock  
RX: data clock  
TX: data clock  
2
3
4
5
6
RX: goes high when sync RX: data output, changes at  
RX: not used  
RX: data clock, gated with  
detection of preamble  
match has been  
detected  
falling edge of data clock  
RX: goes high when sync RX: data output, changes at  
RX: not used  
RX: data clock, gated with  
detection of sync word  
match has been  
detected  
falling edge of data clock  
RX: not used, low  
TX: not used, low  
RX: data output, changes at  
rising edge of data clock  
TX: not used  
RX: not used  
TX: data input, sampled at  
falling edge of data clock  
RX: not used  
RX: not used  
RX: data clock  
TX: data clock  
RX: goes high when sync RX: data output, changes at  
RX: data clock, gated with  
detection of preamble  
match has been  
detected  
rising edge of data clock  
RX: goes high when sync RX: data output, changes at  
RX: data clock, gated with  
detection of sync word  
match has been  
detected  
rising edge of data clock  
Rev. 0 | Page 64 of 108  
 
 
 
ADF7242  
IEEE 802.15.4-2006 SPORT MODE  
IEEE 802.15.4-2006 SPORT Mode Receive Operation  
timing synchronization between incoming packets and the  
network is required, and the SFD interrupt (rx_sfd) cannot be  
used to achieve this. When in IEEE 802.15.4-2006 packet mode  
(Register rc_cfg, Field rc_mode = 0), set Register gp_cfg, Field  
gpio_config = 7 (0x32C[7:0]) to enable the symbol clock output.  
The ADF7242 provides an IEEE 802.15.4-2006 operating mode  
in which the SPORT interface is active and the packet manager  
is bypassed. It allows the reception of packets of arbitrary  
length. The mode is enabled by setting Register rc_cfg,  
Field rc_mode = 2 (0x13E[7:0]) and Register gp_cfg, Field gpio_  
config = 1 (0x32C[7:0]). When the SFD is detected, data and  
clock signals appear on the SPORT outputs, DR_GP0 and  
TRCLK_CKO_GP3, respectively. The SPORT interface remains  
active until an RC_RX command is reissued or the RX state is  
exited by another command. The rx_pkt_rvcd interrupt is not  
available in this mode. Figure 7 illustrates the timing for this  
configuration. Refer to Table 34 for details of pins relevant to  
the SPORT interface in IEEE 802.15.4-2006 mode.  
IEEE 802.15.4-2006 SPORT Mode Transmit Operation  
IEEE 802.15.4-2006 TX SPORT mode is enabled by setting  
Register rc_cfg, Field rc_mode = 3. It is necessary for the host  
MCU to perform the IEEE 802.15.4 chipping sequence in  
this mode. The data, sent through the SPORT interface on  
Pin DT_GP1, should be synchronized with the clock signal  
that appears on Pin TRCLK_CKO_GP3. Figure 9 shows the  
timing for this configuration. As in GFSK/FSK TX SPORT  
mode, the polarity of this clock signal can be set by Register  
gp_cfg, Field gpio_config. The tx_pkt_sent interrupt is not  
available in this mode. See Table 34 for details of pins relevant  
to this SPORT mode.  
Receive Symbol Clock in IEEE 802.15.4-2006 SPORT  
Mode  
The ADF7242 offers a symbol clock output option during IEEE  
802.15.4 packet reception. This option is useful when a tight  
Table 34. IEEE 802.15.4 Mode SPORT Interface Configuration  
Register  
gp_cfg, Field  
gpio_config  
Register  
rc_cfg, Field  
rc_mode  
IRQ2_TRFS_GP2  
DR_GP0  
DT_GP1  
RXEN_GP5  
RXEN_GP6  
TRCLK_CKO_GP3  
3
2
RX: ignore  
RX: data output,  
changes at rising  
edge of data  
clock  
RX: ignore  
RX: ignore  
RX: ignore  
RX: data clock  
7
1
2
3
RX: ignore  
TX: ignore  
RX: Symbol 0  
TX: ignore  
RX: Symbol 1  
RX: Symbol 2 RX: Symbol 3  
RX: symbol clock  
TX: data clock  
TX: data input, TX: ignore  
sampled at  
TX: ignore  
rising edge of  
data clock  
4
3
TX: ignore  
TX: ignore  
TX: data input, TX: ignore  
sampled at  
TX: ignore  
TX: data clock  
falling edge of  
data clock  
Rev. 0 | Page 65 of 108  
 
 
ADF7242  
DEVICE CONFIGURATION  
Table 36 through to Table 42 detail the values that should be  
written to the register locations given in Table 35 to configure  
the ADF7242 in the desired mode of operation.  
After a cold start, or wake-up from sleep, it is necessary to  
configure the ADF7242. The device can be configured in four  
primary ways: an IEEE 802.15.4-2006 packet mode, an IEEE  
802.15.4-2006 SPORT mode, and GFSK/FSK packet and  
GFSK/FSK SPORT modes. Registers applicable to the set-up  
each of the four primary modes are detailed in Table 35.  
If it is desired to transition from a GFSK/FSK mode to an  
IEEE.802.15.4-2006 mode, or vice-versa, it is necessary to first  
issue the RC_RESET command.  
Table 35. Register Writes Required to Configure the ADF7242  
IEEE 802.15.4  
Packet Mode  
IEEE 802.15.4  
SPORT Mode  
FSK Packet  
Mode  
FSK SPORT  
Mode  
Register Group Description  
RFIO Port  
Register(s)  
0x39B  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Packet/SPORT Mode Selection  
SPORT Mode Configuration  
Sync Word  
0x13E  
0x32C  
Yes  
Yes1  
0x10C, 0x10D, 0x10E,  
0x3F41  
Yes1  
Yes  
Sync Word Configuration  
Number of Preamble Bytes to  
Transmit  
Number of Preamble Validation  
Bytes  
0x10F  
0x102  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
0x3F32  
Yes  
Data Rate  
0x30E, 0x30F  
0x304  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Frequency Deviation  
Discriminator BW  
Postdemodulation BW  
Digital Filter Settings  
Transmit Filters  
Analog Filter BW  
Synthesizer Lock Time  
AGC  
0x305  
0x38B  
0x389  
0x306  
Yes  
0x39B  
0x335  
0x3B4, 0x3B6, 0x3B7,  
0x3B8, 0x3BA, 0x3BC  
AGC Lock  
OCL  
0x3B2  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
0x3BF, 0x3C4, 0x3D2,  
0x3D3,0x3D4, 0x3D5,  
0x3D6, 0x3D7, 0x3E0  
AFC  
AFC Lock  
0x3F8, 0x3F9  
0x3F7  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
1 These apply only when the user wishes to program a nonstandard SFD.  
2 This register should only be written to in GFSK/FSK packet mode because the default setting of 0x05 is used in IEEE 802.15.4 packet mode.  
Rev. 0 | Page 66 of 108  
 
 
 
 
ADF7242  
Table 37. Settings Common to All GFSK/FSK Configurations  
CONFIGURATION VALUES COMMON TO IEEE  
802.15.4 AND GFSK/FSK MODES  
Address  
0x335  
0x3B2  
0x3B4  
0x3B6  
0x3B7  
0x3B8  
0x3BA  
0x3BC  
0x3BF  
0x3C4  
0x3D2  
0x3D3  
0x3D4  
0x3D5  
0x3D6  
0x3D7  
0x3E0  
0x3F3  
Register Name  
Value  
0x28  
0x34  
0x80  
0x37  
0x2A  
0x1D  
0x24  
0x7B  
0x00  
0x07  
0x1A  
0x19  
0x1E  
0x1E  
0x1E  
0x00  
0xF0  
0x01  
synt  
If it is desired to use RF Port 1 rather than RF Port 2 (see the RF  
Port Configurations/Antenna Diversity section), the value  
specific to the desired operating mode given in Table 36 should  
be written to the relevant register field.  
agc_cfg1  
agc_max  
agc_cfg2  
agc_cfg3  
agc_cfg4  
agc_cfg6  
agc_cfg7  
ocl_cfg0  
ocl_cfg1  
ocl_bw0  
ocl_bw1  
ocl_bw2  
ocl_bw3  
ocl_bw4  
ocl_bws  
ocl_bw13  
preamble_num_validate  
Table 36. Settings Required to Select Between LNA Port 1  
and LNA Port 2  
Address  
Register Field  
Value  
0x39B [6:4]  
rxfe_cfg,  
lna_sel  
0x0: LNA1  
0x1: LNA2  
CONFIGURATION VALUES FOR GFSK/FSK PACKET  
AND SPORT MODES  
If it is desired to use either GFSK/FSK packet or SPORT mode,  
the host MCU should write the configuration values shown in  
Table 37 to the given register locations. These are common to all  
GFSK/FSK packet and SPORT modes. Depending on the  
desired data rate, the relevant values from Table 38 should also  
be written.  
Table 38. Data Rate-Specific GFSK/FSK Settings  
Register or  
Field Name  
50 kbps  
FSK  
62.5 kbps 100 kbps  
125 kbps  
FSK  
250 kbps  
GFSK  
500 kbps  
GFSK  
1 Mbps  
GFSK  
2 Mbps  
GFSK  
Address  
FSK  
FSK  
0x1021  
fsk_preamble  
0x04  
(6 bytes)  
0x03  
0x37  
0x00  
0x01  
0xF4  
0x17  
0x08  
0x6  
0x04  
(6 bytes)  
0x06  
0x37  
0x00  
0x02  
0x71  
0x17  
0x08  
0x6  
0x05  
(7 bytes)  
0x03  
0x6B  
0x00  
0x03  
0xE8  
0x17  
0x0D  
0x6  
0x05  
(7 bytes)  
0x06  
0x37  
0x00  
0x04  
0xE2  
0x17  
0x11  
0x6  
0x05  
(7 bytes)  
0x0D  
0x19  
0x02  
0x09  
0xC4  
0x12  
0x20  
0x6  
0x05  
(7 bytes)  
0x19  
0x0D  
0x03  
0x13  
0x88  
0x0A  
0x3D  
0x6  
0x07  
(9 bytes)  
0x19  
0x0D  
0x03  
0x27  
0x10  
0x05  
0x6E  
0x6  
0x09  
(11 bytes)  
0x32  
0x06  
0x03  
0x4E  
0x20  
0x05  
0xAA  
0xD  
0x304  
0x305  
0x306  
0x30E  
0x30F  
0x389  
0x38B  
tx_fd  
dm_cfg0  
tx_m  
dr0  
dr1  
Iirf_cfg  
dm_cfg1  
0x39B [3:0] rxfe_cfg,  
rxbb_bw_ana  
1 This register should be written to in GFSK/FSK packet mode only. The preamble length transmitted that is given in this table is correct for the values of Register  
preamble_num_validate given in Table 37 and Register sync_config given in Table 40, where sync_word0 is padded with one byte of preamble. Refer to the  
Transmitter in GFSK/FSK Mode section for details.  
Rev. 0 | Page 67 of 108  
 
 
 
 
 
ADF7242  
To select between packet mode and SPORT mode for  
GFSK/FSK, write the values given in Table 39.  
To enable the AFC, write the values given in Table 41.  
Table 41. AFC Configuration Settings for GFSK/FSK  
Address Register Name Value Comment  
Table 39. Settings for GFSK/FSK Packet and SPORT Modes  
Address Register Name Packet Mode SPORT Mode  
0x3F7  
0x3F8  
0x3F9  
afc_cfg  
0x07  
0x99  
0x50  
By default, AFC is locked  
on preamble detection.  
Default AFC ki and kp  
values.  
The AFC pull-in range is  
programmable. Here it is  
set to 80 kHz.  
0x13E  
0x32C  
rc_cfg  
0x04  
N/A  
0x03  
afc_ki_kp  
afc_range  
gp_cfg  
Refer to Table 33  
Table 40 gives recommended sync word configuration values.  
In this example, the sync word length is set to 16 bits so that the  
sync word will be 0x7F31. Any bits in the sync_word0, sync_  
word1, or sync_word2 register that are excluded by the setting  
in sync_len must be filled with preamble pattern. Refer to the  
Receiver in GFSK/FSK Mode section of the datasheet for details.  
CONFIGURATION VALUES FOR IEEE 802.15.4-  
2006 PACKET AND SPORT MODES  
No register writes are required to configure IEEE 802.15.4  
packet mode unless it is desired to select RF Port 1 rather than  
RF Port 2. For SPORT mode, the values detailed in Table 42  
should be written to the ADF7242.  
Table 40. Example Sync Word Configuration for GFSK/FSK  
Register or  
Field Name  
Address  
Value Comment  
0x10C  
sync_word0 0x31  
sync_word1 0x7F  
sync_word2 0xAA  
Sync word is fully  
programmable.  
Sync word is fully  
programmable.  
Sync word is fully  
programmable.  
A sync word tolerance of 0  
errors is recommended.  
This should match the  
desired sync word set in  
Register 0x10C to Register  
0x10E.  
Table 42. IEEE 802.15.4 Configuration Settings  
Address  
0x13E  
0x306  
Register Name  
rc_cfg  
tx_m  
Packet Mode  
SPORT Mode  
See Table 34  
0x01  
0x10D  
0x10E  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
0x32C  
gp_cfg  
See Table 34  
0x10F[6:5] sync_config, 0x0  
sync_tol  
0x10F [4:0] sync_config, 0x10  
sync_len  
Note that, if it is desired to use a nonstandard SFD, an  
additional register write is required. Refer to the IEEE 802.15.4-  
2006 Programmable SFD section for details.  
Rev. 0 | Page 68 of 108  
 
 
 
 
 
ADF7242  
RF PORT CONFIGURATIONS/ANTENNA DIVERSITY  
ADF7242 is equipped with two fully differential RF ports. Port 1  
is capable of receiving, whereas Port 2 is capable of receiving or  
transmitting. RF Port 1 comprises Pin RFIO1P and Pin RFIO1N,  
and RF Port 2 comprises Pin RFIO2P and Pin RFIO2N. Only  
one of the two RF ports can be active at any one time.  
advisable to synchronize the antenna selection phase with the  
preamble component of the packet. In a static communication  
system, it is often sufficient to select the optimum antenna once.  
Configuration C  
Configuration C shows that connecting an external PA and/or  
LNA is possible with a single external receive/transmit switch. The  
PA transmits on RF Port 2. RF Port 1 is configured as the receive  
input (Register rxfe_cfg, Field lna_sel = 0).  
The availability of two RF ports facilitates the use of switched  
antenna diversity and results in a simplified application circuit  
if the ADF7242 is connected to an external LNA and/or PA.  
Port selection for receive operation is configured through  
Register rxfe_cfg, Field lna_sel (0x39B[6:4]).  
ADF7242 provides two signals, RXEN_GP6 and TXEN_GP5, to  
automatically enable an external LNA and/or a PA. If Register  
ext_ctrl, Bit txen_en = 1, the ADF7242 outputs a logic high level  
at the TXEN_GP5 pin while in TX state, and a logic low level  
while in any other state. If Register ext_ctrl, Bit rxen_en = 1, the  
ADF7242 outputs a logic high level at the RXEN_GP6 pin while  
in RX state and a logic low level while in any other state.  
Configuration A  
Configuration A of Figure 99, is the default connection, where a  
single antenna is connected to RF Port 2. This selection is made  
by setting Register rxfe_cfg, Field lna_sel = 1 (default setting).  
Configuration B  
The RXEN_GP6 and TXEN_GP5 outputs have high impedance  
in the sleep state. Therefore, appropriate pull-down resistors  
must be provided to define the correct state of these signals  
during power-down. See the PA Ramping Controller section for  
further details on the use of an external PA, including details of  
the integrated biasing block, which simplifies connection to PA  
circuits based upon a single FET.  
Configuration B shows a dual-antenna configuration that is  
suitable for switched antenna diversity. In this case, the link  
margin can be maximized by comparing the RSSI level of the  
signal received on each antenna and thus selecting the optimum  
antenna. In addition, for IEEE 802.15.4-2006 mode the SQI  
value in Register lrb, Field sqi_readback can be used in the  
antenna selection decision.  
Configuration D  
Suitable algorithms for the selection of the optimum antenna  
depend on the particulars of the underlying communication  
system. Switching between two antennas is likely to cause a  
short interruption of the received data stream. Therefore, it is  
Configuration D is similar to Configuration A, except that a  
dipole antenna is used. In this case, a balun is not required.  
RFIO1P  
4
4
RFIO1P  
LNA  
LNA  
BALUN  
BALUN  
RFIO1N  
5
5
RFIO1N  
PA  
PA  
RFIO2P  
RFIO2N  
RFIO2P  
RFIO2N  
6
7
6
7
LNA  
LNA  
BALUN  
A
B
RXEN_GP6  
RFIO1P  
26  
4
4
5
RFIO1P  
RFIO1N  
LNA  
LNA  
LNA  
PA  
BALUN  
RFIO1N  
5
PA  
LNA  
PA  
LNA  
RFIO2P  
RFIO2N  
RFIO2P  
RFIO2N  
6
7
6
7
MATCH  
NETWORK  
BALUN  
TXEN_GP5  
25  
D
C
Figure 99. RF Interface Configuration Options (A: Single Antenna; B: Antenna Diversity; C: External LNA/PA; D: Dipole Antenna)  
Rev. 0 | Page 69 of 108  
 
 
 
ADF7242  
AUXILLARY FUNCTIONS  
TEMPERTURE SENSOR  
WAKE-UP CONTROLLER (WUC)  
Circuit Description  
To perform a temperature measurement, the MEAS state is  
invoked using the RC_MEAS command. The result can be read  
back from Register adc_rbk, Field adc_out (0x3AE[5:0]). Averag-  
ing multiple readings improves the accuracy of the result. The  
temperature sensor has an operating range from −40°C to +85°C.  
The ADF7242 features a 16-bit wake-up timer with a programma-  
ble prescaler. The 32.768 kHz RC oscillator or the 32.768 kHz  
external crystal provides the clock source for the timer. This tick  
rate clocks a 3-bit programmable prescaler whose output clocks  
a preloadable 16-bit down counter. An overview of the timer  
circuit is shown in Figure 100 lists the possible division rates for  
the prescaler. This combination of programmable prescaler and  
16-bit down counter gives a total WUC range of 30.52 μs to  
36.4 hours.  
The die (ambient) temperature is calculated as follows:  
t
die = (4.72°C × Register adc_rbk, Field adc_out) + 65.58°C  
+ correction value.  
where correction value can be determined by performing a  
readback at a single known temperature. Note also that averag-  
ing a number of ADC readbacks can improve the accuracy of the  
temperature measurement.  
Table 43. Prescaler Division Factors  
Tick  
timer_prescal (0x316[2:0]) 32.768 kHz Divider Period  
BATTERY MONITOR  
000  
001  
010  
011  
100  
101  
110  
111  
1
4
8
16  
128  
1024  
81,92  
65,536  
30.52 μs  
122.1 μs  
244.1 μs  
488.3 μs  
3.91 ms  
31.25 ms  
250 ms  
The battery monitor features very low power consumption and  
can be used in any state other than the sleep state. The battery  
monitor generates a batt_alert interrupt for the host MCU  
when the battery voltage drops below the programmed  
threshold voltage. The default threshold voltage is 1.7 V, and  
can be increased in 62 mV steps to 3.6 V with Register bm_cfg,  
Field battmon_voltage (0x3E6[4:0]).  
2000 ms  
An interrupt generated when the wake-up timer has timed out  
can be enabled in Register irq1_en0 or Register irq2_en0.  
HARDWARE TIMER  
tmr_cfg1[6:3]  
(ADDRESS 0x317)  
tmr_cfg0[2:0]  
(ADDRESS 0x316)  
tmr_rld0[15:8], tmr_rld1[7:0]  
(ADDRESS 0x318, 0x319)  
32.768kHz  
RC  
OSCILLATOR  
WAKE UP  
irq_src0[2]  
(ADDRESS 0x3CB)  
16-BIT DOWN  
COUNTER  
PRESCALER  
32.768kHz  
TICK RATE  
32.768kHz  
XTAL  
Figure 100. Hardware Wake-Up Timer Diagram  
Rev. 0 | Page 70 of 108  
 
 
 
 
ADF7242  
WUC Configuration and Operation  
The calibration time is typically 1 ms. When the calibration is  
complete Register wuc_32khzosc_status, Field rc_osc_cal_ready  
is high. Following calibration, the host MCU can transition to  
the SLEEP_BBRAM_RCO sleep state, by following the full  
procedure given in the WUC Configuration and Operation  
section.  
The wake-up timer can be configured as follows:  
The clock signal for the timer is taken from the external  
32.768 kHz crystal or the internal RC oscillator. This is  
selectable via Register tmr_cfg1, Bit sleep_config  
(0x317[6:3]).  
TRANSMIT TEST MODES  
A 3-bit prescaler, which is programmable via Register  
tmr_cfg0, Bit timer_prescal (0x316[2:0]) determines the  
tick period.  
The ADF7242 has various transmit test modes that can be used  
in IEEE 802.15.4-2006 and GFSK/FSK SPORT modes. These  
test modes can be enabled by writing to Register tx_fsk_test  
(Location 0x3F0), as described in Table 44. A continuous packet  
transmission mode is also available in IEEE 802.15.4-2006 and  
GFSK/FSK packet modes. This mode can be enabled using the  
following procedure:  
This is followed by a preloadable 16-bit down counter. After the  
clock is selected, the reload value for the down counter  
(tmr_rld0 and tmr_rld1) and the prescaler values (Register  
tmr_cfg0, Bit timer_prescal) can be programmed. When the  
clock has been enabled, the counter starts to count down at the  
tick rate starting from the reload value. If wake-up interrupts  
are enabled, the timer unit generates an interrupt when the  
timer value reaches 0x0000. When armed, the wake-up  
interrupt triggers a wake-up from sleep.  
1. An IEEE 80.215.4-2006 or a GFSK/FSK packet with  
random payload should be written to TX_BUFFER as  
described in the Transmitter section. It is recommended to  
use a packet with the maximum length of 127 bytes.  
2. Set Register buffercfg, Field trx_mac_delay = 1.  
3. Set Register buffercfg, Field tx_buffer_mode = 3.  
4. Set Register pkt_cfg, Field skip_synth_settle = 1.  
5. Issue Command RC_TX. The transmitter continuously  
transmits the packet stored in TX_BUFFER.  
The reliable generation of wake-up interrupts requires the  
WUC timeout flag to be reset immediately after the reload value  
has been programmed. To do this, first write 1and then write 0  
to Register tmr_ctrl, Field wake_timer_flag_reset. To enable  
automatic wake-up from the sleep state, arm the timer unit for  
wake-up operation by writing 1 to Register tmr_cfg1, Field  
wake_on_timeout. After writing this sequence to the ADF7242,  
a sleep command can be issued.  
6. If Command RC_PHY_RDY is issued at any point after  
this step, all the preceding configuration registers must be  
rewritten to the device before reissuing Command RC_TX.  
Note that the transmitter momentarily transmits an RF carrier  
between packets due to a finite delay from when the packet  
handler finishes transmitting a packet in TX_BUFFER and  
going back to transmit the start of TX_BUFFER again.  
Calibrating the RC oscillator  
The RC oscillator is not automatically calibrated. If it is desired  
to use the RC oscillator as the clock source for the WUC, the  
host MCU should initiate a calibration. This can be performed  
at any time in advance of entering the sleep state. To perform a  
calibration, the host MCU should  
Set Register tmr_ctrl, Field wuc_rc_osc_cal = 0  
Set Register tmr_ctrl, Field wuc_rc_osc_cal = 1  
Table 44. 0x3F0: tx_fsk_test  
Bit  
[7:4]  
3
2
1
Name  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
Reserved  
zero_only  
one_only  
carrier_only  
Reserved  
2
0
0
0
0
Reserved, set to default.  
Transmit 0 only (fCH − fDEV) in GFSK/FSK sport mode.  
Transmit 1 only (fCH + fDEV) in GFSK/FSK sport mode.  
Transmits unmodulated tone at the programmed frequency fCH.  
Reserved, set to default.  
0
Rev. 0 | Page 71 of 108  
 
 
 
ADF7242  
SERIAL PERIPHERAL INTERFACE (SPI)  
GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS  
The ADF7242 is equipped with a 4-wire SPI interface, using the  
CS  
All commands are executed after  
goes high again or at the  
next positive edge of the SCLK input. The latter condition  
occurs in the case of a memory access command. In this case,  
the command is executed on the positive SCLK clock edge  
corresponding to the most significant bit of the first parameter  
input must be brought high again after a  
command has been shifted into the ADF7242 to enable the  
recognition of successive command words. This is because a  
CS  
SCLK, MISO, MOSI, and  
pins. The ADF7242 always acts as  
a slave to the host MCU. Figure 101 shows an example connec-  
tion diagram between the host MCU and the ADF7242. The  
diagram also shows the direction of the signal flow for each pin.  
The SPI interface is active and the MISO output enabled only  
CS  
word. The  
CS  
while the  
input is low. The interface uses a word length of  
CS  
single command can be issued only during a  
(with the exception of a double NOP command).  
low period  
eight bits, which is compatible with the SPI hardware of most  
microprocessors. The data transfer through the SPI interface  
occurs with the most significant bit of address and data first.  
Refer to Figure 3 for the SPI interface timing diagram. The  
MOSI input is sampled at the rising edge of SCLK. As  
CS  
RC OR SPI  
COMMAND  
MOSI  
commands or data are shifted in from the MOSI input at the  
SCLK rising edge, the status word or data is shifted out at the  
STATUS  
MISO  
CS  
MISO pin synchronous with the SCLK clock falling edge. If  
is brought low, the most significant bit of the status word  
appears on the MISO output without the need for a rising clock  
edge on the SCLK input.  
Figure 102. Command Write  
The execution of certain commands by the radio controller may  
take several instruction cycles, during which the radio control-  
ler unit is busy. Prior to issuing a radio controller command, it  
is, therefore, necessary to read the status word to determine if  
the ADF7242 is ready to accept a new radio controller command.  
This is best accomplished by shifting in SPI_NOP commands,  
which cause status words to be shifted out. The RC_READY  
variable is used to indicate when the radio controller is ready to  
accept a new RC command, whereas the SPI_READY variable  
indicates when the memory can be accessed. To take the burden  
of repeatedly polling the status word off the host MCU for  
complex commands such as RC_RX, RX_TX, and RC_PHY_RDY,  
the IRQ handler can be configured to generate an RC_READY  
interrupt. See the Interrupt Controller section for details.  
Otherwise, the user can program timeout periods according to  
the command execution times provided under the state transi-  
tion timing given in Table 10 and Table 11.  
VBAT  
CS  
SCLK  
MOSI  
MISO  
PF1  
ADF7242  
SCLK  
MOSI  
MISO  
GPI  
ADSP-21xx  
OR  
IRQ1_GP4  
BLACKFIN  
DSP  
IRQ2_TRFS_GP2  
DR_GP0  
RFS  
DR  
DT  
DT_GP1  
RSCLK  
TSCLK  
TRCLK_CKO_GP3  
Figure 101. SPI Interface Connection  
COMMAND ACCESS  
The ADF7242 is controlled through commands. Command  
words are single-byte instructions that control the state  
transitions of the radio controller and access to the registers and  
packet RAM. The complete list of valid commands is given in  
Table 45. Commands with the RC prefix are handled by the  
radio controller, whereas memory access commands, which  
have the SPI prefix are handled by an independent controller.  
Thus, SPI commands can be issued independent of the state of  
the radio controller.  
STATUS WORD  
The status word of the ADF7242 is automatically returned over  
the MISO each time a byte is transferred over the MOSI. The  
meaning of the various status word bit fields is illustrated in  
Table 46. The RC_STATUS field reflects the current state of the  
radio controller. By definition, RC_STATUS reflects the state of  
a completed state transition. During the state transition,  
RC_STATUS maintains the value of the state from which the  
state transition was invoked.  
CS  
A command is initiated by bringing  
low and shifting in the  
command word over the SPI as shown in Figure 102.  
Rev. 0 | Page 72 of 108  
 
 
 
 
ADF7242  
Table 45. Command List  
Command  
Code  
0xFF  
0x10  
Description  
SPI_NOP  
SPI_PKT_WR  
No operation. Use for dummy writes.  
Write data to the packet RAM starting from the transmit packet base address pointer,  
Register txpb, Field tx_pkt_base (0x314[7:0]).  
SPI_PKT_RD  
0x30  
Read data from the packet RAM starting from the receive packet base address pointer,  
Register rxpb, Field rx_pkt_base (0x315[7:0]).  
SPI_MEM_WR  
SPI_MEM_RD  
0x18 + memory address[10:8] Write data to MCR or packet RAM sequentially.  
0x38 + memory address[10:8] Read data from MCR or packet RAM sequentially.  
SPI_MEMR_WR 0x08 + memory address[10:8] Write data to MCR or packet RAM as a random block.  
SPI_MEMR_RD 0x28 + memory address[10:8] Read data from MCR or packet RAM as a random block.  
SPI_PRAM_WR 0x1E  
Write data to the program RAM.  
RC_SLEEP  
RC_IDLE  
RC_PHY_RDY  
RC_RX  
RC_TX  
RC_MEAS  
RC_CCA  
0xB1  
0xB2  
0xB3  
0xB4  
0xB5  
0xB6  
0xB7  
0xC7  
Invoke transition of the radio controller into the sleep state  
Invoke transition of the radio controller into the idle state  
Invoke transition of the radio controller into the PHY_RDY state  
Invoke transition of the radio controller into the RX state  
Invoke transition of the radio controller into the TX state  
Invoke transition of the radio controller into the MEAS state  
Invoke clear channel assessment  
RC_PC_RESET  
Program counter reset. This should only be used after a firmware download to the  
program RAM  
RC_RESET  
0xC8  
Resets the ADF7242 and puts it in the sleep state  
Table 46. SPI Status Word  
Bit  
Name  
Description  
7
SPI_READY  
0: SPI is not ready for access.  
1: SPI is ready for access.  
6
IRQ_STATUS  
0: no pending interrupt condition.  
1: pending interrupt condition. (IRQ_STATUS = 1 when either the IRQ1_GP4 or  
IRQ2_TRFS_GP2 pin is high)  
5
4
RC_READY  
0: radio controller is not ready to accept RC_xx command strobe.  
1: radio controller is ready to accept new RC_xx command strobe.  
0: channel busy.  
CCA_RESULT  
1: channel idle.  
Valid when Register irq_src1, Bit cca_complete (0x3CC[0]) is asserted.  
[3:0]  
RC_STATUS  
Radio controller status:  
0: reserved.  
1: idle.  
2: MEAS.  
3: PHY_RDY.  
4: RX.  
5: TX.  
6 to 15: reserved.  
Rev. 0 | Page 73 of 108  
 
 
ADF7242  
MEMORY MAP  
The various memory locations used by the ADF7242 are shown  
in Figure 103. The radio control and packet management of the  
part are realized through the use of an 8-bit, custom processor  
and an embedded ROM. The processor executes instructions  
stored in the embedded program ROM. There is also a local  
RAM, subdivided into three sections, that is used as a data  
packet buffer, both for transmitted and received data (packet  
RAM), and for storing the radio and packet management  
configuration (BBRAM and MCR). The RAM addresses of  
these variables are 11 bits in length.  
PROGRAM RAM  
The program RAM consists of 2 kB of volatile memory. This  
memory space is used for various software modules, such as  
address filtering and CSMA/CA, which are available from  
Analog Devices. The software modules are downloaded to the  
program RAM memory space over the SPI by the host  
microprocessor. See the Program RAM Write subsection of the  
Memory Access section for details on how to write to the  
program RAM.  
PACKET RAM  
BBRAM  
The packet RAM consists of 256 bytes of memory space from  
Address 0x000 to Address 0x0FF, as shown in Figure 103. This  
memory is allocated for storage of data from valid received  
packets and packet data to be transmitted. The packet manager  
stores received payload data at the memory location indicated  
by the value of Register rxpb, Field rx_pkt_base, the receive  
address pointer. The value of Register txpb, Field tx_pkt_base,  
the transmit address pointer, determines the start address of  
data to be transmitted by the packet manager. This memory can  
be arbitrarily assigned to store single or multiple transmit or  
receive packets, both with and without overlap as shown in  
Figure 104. The rx_pkt_base value should be chosen to ensure  
that there is enough allocated packet RAM space for the  
maximum receiver payload length.  
The 64-byte battery back-up, or BBRAM, is used to maintain  
settings needed at wake-up from sleep state by the wake-up  
controller.  
MODEM CONFIGURATION RAM (MCR)  
The 256-byte modem configuration RAM, or MCR, contains  
the various registers used for direct control or observation of  
the physical layer radio blocks of the ADF7242. Contents of the  
MCR are not retained in the sleep state.  
PROGRAM ROM  
The program ROM consists of 4 kB of nonvolatile memory. It  
contains the firmware code for radio control, packet manage-  
ment, and smart wake mode.  
11-BIT  
ADDRESSES  
0x3FF  
PROGRAM  
MCR  
REGISTER prampg, FIELD pram_page[3:0]  
RAM  
256 BYTES  
2kB  
ADDRESS  
[7:0]  
0x300  
CS  
MISO  
NOT USED  
PROGRAM  
ROM  
SPI  
MOSI  
0x13F  
4kB  
SCLK  
BBRAM  
64 BYTES  
SPI/PH  
0x100  
MEMORY  
ARBITRATION  
0x0FF  
PACKET  
MANAGER  
PACKET  
INSTRUCTION/DATA  
[7:0]  
PACKET  
RAM  
MANAGER  
256 BYTES  
ADDRESS/  
DATA  
MUX  
CLOCK  
8-BIT  
PROCESSOR  
ADDRESS[10:0]  
DATA[7:0]  
0x000  
Figure 103. ADF7242 Memory Map  
Rev. 0 | Page 74 of 108  
 
 
 
ADF7242  
TRANSMIT  
AND RECEIVE  
PACKET  
256-BYTE TRANSMIT  
OR RECEIVE  
PACKET  
MULTIPLE TRANSMIT  
AND RECEIVE  
PACKETS  
tx_pkt_base  
rx_pkt_base  
tx_pkt_base  
(PACKET 1)  
tx_pkt_base  
0x000  
0x000  
0x000  
TRANSMIT  
PAYLOAD  
TRANSMIT  
PAYLOAD  
tx_pkt_base  
(PACKET 2)  
TRANSMIT  
PAYLOAD 2  
rx_pkt_base  
(PACKET 1)  
TRANSMIT OR  
RECEIVE  
RECEIVE  
PAYLOAD  
rx_pkt_base  
PAYLOAD  
RECEIVE  
PAYLOAD  
rx_pkt_base  
(PACKET 2)  
RECEIVE  
PAYLOAD 2  
0x0FF  
0x0FF  
0x0FF  
Figure 104. Example Packet RAM Configurations Using the Transmit Packet and Receive Packet Address Pointers  
Rev. 0 | Page 75 of 108  
 
ADF7242  
MEMORY ACCESS  
Memory locations are accessed by invoking the relevant SPI  
command. An 11-bit address is used to identify registers or  
locations in the memory space. The most significant three bits  
of the address are incorporated into the command by append-  
ing them as the LSBs of the command word. Figure 105  
illustrates the command, address, and data partitioning. The  
various SPI memory access commands are different depending  
on the memory location being accessed. This is described in  
Table 47.  
An SPI command should be issued only if the SPI_READY bit  
of the status word is high.  
In addition, an SPI command should not be issued while the  
radio controller is initializing. SPI commands can be issued in  
any radio controller state including during state transition.  
CS  
SPI_MEM_WR  
MEMORY ADDRESS  
BITS[7:0]  
DATA BYTE  
MOSI  
5 BITS  
MEMORY ADDRESS  
BITS[10:0]  
DATA  
n × 8 BITS  
Figure 105. SPI Memory Access Command/Address Format  
Table 47. Summary of SPI memory access commands  
SPI Command Command Value  
Description  
SPI_PKT_WR  
SPI_PKT_RD  
SPI_MEM_WR  
= 0x10  
Write telegram to the packet RAM starting from the transmit packet base address pointer,  
Register txpb, Field tx_pkt_base (0x314[7:0]).  
Read telegram from the packet RAM starting from receive packet base address pointer,  
Register rxpb, Field rx_pkt_base (0x315[7:0]).  
Write data to BBRAM, MCR, or packet RAM sequentially. An 11-bit address is used to identify  
memory locations. The most significant three bits of the address are incorporated into the  
command (xxxb). This command is followed by the remaining eight bits of the address.  
= 0x30  
= 0x18 (packet RAM)  
= 0x19 (BBRAM)  
= 0x1B (MCR)  
SPI_MEM_RD  
= 0x38 (packet RAM)  
= 0x39 (BBRAM)  
= 0x3B (MCR)  
Read data from BBRAM, MCR, or packet RAM sequentially. An 11-bit address is used to identify  
memory locations. The most significant three bits of the address are incorporated into the  
command (xxxb). This command is followed by the remaining eight bits of the address, which  
is subsequently followed by the appropriate number of SPI_NOP commands.  
SPI_MEMR_WR = 0x08 (packet RAM)  
= 0x09 (BBRAM)  
Write data to BBRAM/MCR or packet RAM at random.  
= 0x0B (MCR)  
SPI_MEMR_RD = 0x28 (packet RAM)  
= 0x29 (BBRAM)  
Read data from BBRAM/MCR or packet RAM at random.  
= 0x2B (MCR)  
SPI_PRAM_WR =0x1E (program RAM)  
Write data to program RAM.  
Read data from program RAM  
No operation. Use for dummy writes when polling the status word and used as dummy data on  
the MOSI line when performing a memory read.  
SPI_PRAM_RD  
SPI_NOP  
=0x3E (program RAM)  
= 0xFF  
Rev. 0 | Page 76 of 108  
 
 
 
 
ADF7242  
relative location of a byte to Address Pointer rx_pkt_base  
(Register rxpb; 0x315[7:0]) or Address Pointer tx_pkt_base  
(Register txpb; 0x314[7:0]), respectively.  
WRITING TO THE ADF7242  
Block Write  
Packet RAM memory locations can be written to in block  
format using the SPI_PKT_WR. The SPI_PKT_WR command  
is 0x10. This command provides pointer-based write access to  
the packet RAM. The address of the location written to is calcu-  
lated from the base address in Register txpb, Field tx_pkt_base  
(0x314[7:0]) plus an index. The index is zero for the first data  
word following the command word, and is auto-incremented  
for each consecutive data word written. The first data word follow-  
ing an SPI_PKT_WR command is thus stored in the location  
with Address txpb, Field tx_pkt_base (0x314[7:0]), the second  
in packet RAM location with Address txpb, Field tx_pkt_base + 1,  
and so on. This feature makes this command efficient for bulk  
writes of data that recurrently begin at the same address. Figure 106  
shows the access sequence for Command SPI_PKT_WR.  
Program RAM Write  
The program RAM can only be written to using the memory  
block write, as illustrated in Figure 109. The SPI_PRAM_WR  
command is 0x1E. The program RAM is organized in eight  
pages with a length of 256 bytes each. The code module must be  
stored in the program RAM starting from Address 0x0000, or  
Address 0x00 in Page 0. The current program RAM page is  
selected with Register prampg, Field pram_page (0x313[3:0]).  
Prior to uploading the program RAM, the radio controller code  
module must be divided into blocks of 256 bytes commensurate  
with the size of the program RAM pages. Each 256-byte block is  
uploaded into the currently selected program RAM page using  
the SPI_PRAM_WR command. Figure 109 illustrates the  
sequence required for uploading a code block of 256 bytes to a  
PRAM page. The SPI_PRAM_WR command code is followed  
by Address Byte 0x00 to align the code block with the base  
address of the program RAM page. Figure 110 shows the overall  
upload sequence. With the exception of the last page written to  
the program RAM, all pages must be filled with 256 bytes of  
module code.  
The MCR, BBRAM, and packet RAM memory locations can be  
written to in block format using the SPI_MEM_WR command.  
The SPI_MEM_WR command code is 00011xxxb, where xxxb  
represent Bits[10:8] of the first 11-bit address. If more than one  
data byte is written, the write address is automatically incre-  
CS  
mented for every byte sent until is set high, which terminates  
the memory access command. See Figure 107 for more details.  
The maximum block write for the MCR, packet RAM, and  
BBRAM memories are 256 bytes, 256 bytes, and 64 bytes,  
respectively. These maximum block-write lengths should not be  
exceeded.  
READING FROM THE ADF7242  
Block Read  
Command SPI_PKT_RD provides pointer-based read access  
from the packet RAM. The SPI_PKT_RD command is 0x30.  
The address of the location to be read is calculated from the base  
address in Register rxpb, Field rx_pkt_base plus an index. The  
index is zero for the first readback word. It is auto-incremented  
for each consecutive SPI_NOP command. The first data byte  
following a SPI_PKT_RD command is invalid and should be  
ignored. Figure 111 shows the access sequence for Command  
SPI_PKT_RD.  
Example  
Write 0x00 to the rc_cfg register (Location 0x13E).  
The first five bits of the SPI_MEM_WR command are  
00011.  
The 11-bit address of rc_cfg is 00100111110.  
The first byte sent is 00011001 or 0x19.  
The second byte sent is 00111110 or 0x3E.  
The third byte sent is 0x00.  
The SPI_MEM_RD command can be used to perform a block  
read of MCR, BBRAM, and packet RAM memory locations.  
The SPI_MEM_RD command code is 00111xxxb, where xxxb  
represent Bits[10:8] of the first 11-bit address. This command is  
followed by the remaining eight bits of the address to be read  
and then two SPI_NOP commands (dummy byte). The first  
byte available after writing the address should be ignored, with  
the second byte constituting valid data. If more than one data  
byte is to be read, the read address is automatically incremented  
for subsequent SPI_NOP commands sent. See Figure 112 for  
more details.  
Thus, 0x193F00 is written to the part.  
Random Address Write  
MCR, BBRAM, and packet RAM memory locations can be  
written to in random address format using the SPI_MEMR_WR  
command. The SPI_MEMR_WR command code is 00001xxxb,  
where xxxb represent Bits[10:8] of the 11-bit address. The lower  
eight bits of the address should follow this command and then  
the data byte to be written to the address. The lower eight bits of  
the next address are entered followed by the data for that  
address until all required addresses within that block are  
written, as shown in Figure 108. Note that the SPI_MEMR_WR  
command facilitates the modification of individual elements of  
a packet in RX_BUFFER and TX_BUFFER without the need to  
download and upload an entire packet.  
Random Address Read  
MCR, BBRAM, and Packet RAM memory locations can be read  
from in a nonsequential manner using the SPI_MEMR_RD  
command. The SPI_MEMR_RD command code is 00101xxxb,  
where xxxb represent Bits[10:8] of the 11-bit address. This  
command is followed by the remaining eight bits of the address  
to be written and then two SPI_NOP commands (dummy byte).  
The address location of a particular byte in RX_BUFFER and  
TX_BUFFER in the packet RAM is determined by adding the  
Rev. 0 | Page 77 of 108  
 
 
 
ADF7242  
The data byte from memory is available on the second SPI_NOP  
command. For each subsequent read, an 8-bit address should be  
followed by two SPI_NOP commands as shown in Figure 113.  
Thus, 0x393EFFFF is written to the part.  
The value shifted out on the MISO line while the fourth byte is  
sent is the value stored in the rc_cfg register.  
Example  
This allows individual elements of a packet in RX_BUFFER and  
TX_BUFFER to be read without the need to download the  
entire packet.  
Read the value stored in the rc_cfg register.  
The first five bits of the SPI_MEM_RD command are 00111.  
The 11-bit address of rc_cfg register is 00100111111.  
The first byte sent is 00111001, or 0x39.  
The second byte sent is 00111110, or 0x3E.  
The third byte sent is 0xFF (SPI_NOP).  
Program RAM Read  
The SPI_PRAM_RD command is used to read from the  
program RAM. This may be performed to verify that a  
firmware module has been correctly written to the program  
RAM. Like the SPI_PRAM_WR command, the host MCU must  
select the program RAM page to read via Register prampg, Field  
pram_page. Following this, the host MCU may use the  
SPI_PRAM_RD command to block read the selected program  
RAM page. The structure of this command is identical to the  
SPI_MEM_RD command.  
The fourth byte sent is 0xFF.  
[Max N = (256 – tx_pkt_base)]  
CS  
DATA FOR ADDRESS  
[tx_pkt_base]  
DATA FOR ADDRESS  
[tx_pkt_base + 1]  
DATA FOR ADDRESS  
[tx_pkt_base + 2]  
DATA FOR ADDRESS  
[tx_pkt_base + 3]  
DATA FOR ADDRESS  
[tx_pkt_base + N]  
MOSI  
MISO  
SPI_PKT_WR  
STATUS  
STATUS  
STATUS  
STATUS  
STATUS  
STATUS  
Figure 106. Packet RAM Write  
(tx_pkt_base is the address base pointer value for TX, which is programmed in Register txbp, Bit tx_pkt_base.)  
[Max N = (256 – INITIAL ADDRESS)]  
CS  
DATA FOR  
[ADDRESS]  
DATA FOR  
DATA FOR  
DATA FOR  
SPI_MEM_WR  
STATUS  
ADDRESS  
STATUS  
MOSI  
[ADDRESS + 1]  
[ADDRESS + 2]  
[ADDRESS + N]  
STATUS  
STATUS  
STATUS  
STATUS  
MISO  
Figure 107. Memory (Register or Packet RAM) Block Write  
CS  
SPI_MEMR_WR  
STATUS  
ADDRESS 1  
STATUS  
DATA 1  
ADDRESS 2  
STATUS  
DATA 2  
DATA N  
STATUS  
MOSI  
STATUS  
STATUS  
MISO  
Figure 108. Memory (Register or Packet RAM) Random Address Write  
Rev. 0 | Page 78 of 108  
 
 
 
ADF7242  
CS  
SPI_MEM_WR  
+0x03  
PAGE NUMBER  
n
0x13  
SPI_PRAM_WR  
STATUS  
0x00  
CODE[0x00]  
STATUS  
CODE[0xFF]  
STATUS  
MOSI  
MISO  
STATUS  
STATUS  
STATUS  
STATUS  
SET PRAM PAGE NUMBER n  
UPLOAD 256 BYTES OF CODE TO PRAM PAGE NUMBER n  
Figure 109. Upload Sequence for a Program RAM Page  
DOWNLOAD 256 BYTES BLOCK 0  
TO PRAM PAGE 0  
DOWNLOAD 256 BYTES BLOCK 0  
SET PRAM PAGE 0  
SET PRAM PAGE 1  
SET PRAM PAGE 2  
TO PRAM PAGE 1  
Figure 110. Download Sequence for Code Module  
Max N = (256 – tx_pkt_base)  
SPI_NOP  
CS  
MOSI  
SPI_PKT_RD  
STATUS  
SPI_NOP  
STATUS  
SPI_NOP  
SPI_NOP  
SPI_NOP  
DATA FROM  
ADDRESS  
rx_pkt_base  
DATA FROM  
ADDRESS  
rx_pkt_base + 1  
DATA FROM  
ADDRESS  
rx_pkt_base + 2  
DATA FROM  
ADDRESS  
rx_pkt_base + N  
MISO  
Figure 111. Packet RAM Read  
(rx_pkt_base is the address base pointer value for RX, which is programmed in Register rxbp, Bit rx_pkt_base.)  
[Max N = (256 – INITIAL ADDRESS)]  
CS  
MOSI  
SPI_MEM_RD  
STATUS  
ADDRESS  
STATUS  
SPI_NOP  
STATUS  
SPI_NOP  
SPI_NOP  
SPI_NOP  
DATA FROM  
ADDRESS  
DATA FROM  
ADDRESS + 1  
DATA FROM  
ADDRESS + N  
MISO  
Figure 112. Memory (Register or Packet RAM) Block Read  
CS  
ADDRESS 2  
ADDRESS N  
SPI_NOP  
MOSI  
MISO  
SPI_MEM_RD  
ADDRESS 1  
ADDRESS 3  
SPI_NOP  
ADDRESS 4  
DATA FROM  
ADDRESS N-2  
DATA FROM  
ADDRESS N-1  
DATA FROM  
ADDRESS 1  
DATA FROM  
ADDRESS 2  
DATA FROM  
ADDRESS N  
STATUS  
STATUS  
STATUS  
Figure 113. Memory (Register or Packet RAM) Random Address Read  
Rev. 0 | Page 79 of 108  
 
 
 
 
 
ADF7242  
DOWNLOADABLE FIRMWARE MODULES  
The program RAM of the ADF7242 can be used to store  
firmware modules for the on-chip processor that provide extra  
functionality. The executable code for these firmware modules  
and details on their functionality are available from Analog  
Devices. See the Writing to the ADF7242 section for details on  
how to download these firmware modules to program RAM.  
Rev. 0 | Page 80 of 108  
 
 
ADF7242  
INTERRUPT CONTROLLER  
resources. For instance, an rx_sfd interrupt can be associated  
with a timer-capture unit of the MCU, while all other interrupts  
are handled by a normal interrupt handling routine. When  
operating in SPORT mode, Pin IRQ2_TRFS_GP2 acts as a  
frame synchronization signal and is disconnected from the  
interrupt controller.  
CONFIGURATION  
The ADF7242 is equipped with an interrupt controller that is  
capable of handling up to 16 independent interrupt events. The  
interrupt events can be triggered either by hardware circuits or  
the packet manager and are captured in Register irq_src0  
(0x3CB) and Register irq_src1(0x3CC).  
When in the sleep state, the IRQ1_GP4 and IRQ2_TRFS_GP2  
pins have high impedance.  
The interrupt signals are available on two interrupt pins, IRQ1_  
GP4 and IRQ2_TRFS_GP2. Each of the 16 interrupt sources  
can be individually enabled or disabled. The irq1_en0 (0x3C7)  
and irq1_en1 (0x3C8) registers control the functionality of the  
IRQ1_GP4 interrupt pin. The irq2_en0 (0x3C9) and irq2_en1  
(0x3CA) registers control the functionality of the IRQ2_TRFS_  
GP2 interrupt pin. Refer to Table 48 and Table 49 for details on  
which bits in the relevant interrupt source and interrupt enable  
registers correspond to the different interrupts.  
When not in the sleep state, Pin IRQ1_GP4 and Pin IRQ2_  
TRFS_GP2 are configured as push-pull outputs, using positive  
logic polarity.  
Following a power-on reset or wake-up from sleep, Register  
irq1_en0, Field powerup and Register irq2_en0, Field powerup  
are set, while all other bits in the irq1_en0, irq1_en1, irq2_en0,  
and irq2_en1 registers are reset. Therefore, a power-up interrupt  
signal is asserted on the IRQ1_GP4 and IRQ2_TRFS_GP2 pins  
after a power-on-reset event or wake-up from the sleep state.  
Provided the wake-up from sleep event is caused by the wake-  
up timer, the power-up interrupt signal can be used to power  
up the host MCU.  
The IRQ_STATUS bit of the SPI status word, is asserted if an  
interrupt is present on either IRQ1 or IRQ2. This is useful for  
host MCUs that may not have interrupt pins available.  
The irq_src1 and irq_src0 registers can be read back to establish  
the source of an interrupt. An interrupt is cleared by writing 1  
to the corresponding bit location in the appropriate interrupt  
source register (irq_src1 or irq_src0). If 0 is written to a bit  
location in the interrupt source registers, its state remains  
unchanged. This scheme allows interrupts to be cleared  
individually and facilitates hierarchical interrupt processing.  
After the ADF7242 is powered up, the rc_ready, wake-up, and  
power-on reset interrupts are also asserted in the irq_src0  
register. However, these interrupts are not propagated to the  
IRQ1_GP4 and IRQ2_TRFS_GP2 pins because the correspond-  
ing mask bits are reset. The irq_src0 and irq_src1 registers  
should be cleared during the initialization phase.  
The availability of two interrupt outputs permits a flexible  
allocation of interrupt source to two different MCU hardware  
REGISTER irq_src1  
REGISTER irq_src0  
INTERRUPT  
SOURCES  
(16 INTERRUPT SOURCES  
AVAILABLE)  
15 14 13 12 11 10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
INTERRUPT  
MASKS  
(2 × 16 INDEPENDANT  
INTERRUPT MASKS)  
REGISTER irq2_en1  
REGISTER irq2_en0  
REGISTER irq1_en1  
REGISTER irq1_en0  
INTERRUPT OUTPUTS  
(2 INTERRUPT PINS AND  
INTERRUPT PENDING BIT  
AVAILABLE ON THE  
STATUS_WORD)  
IRQ1_GP4  
Status_word[6]  
IRQ2_TRFS_GP2  
Figure 114. Interrupt Controller  
Rev. 0 | Page 81 of 108  
 
 
ADF7242  
Table 48. Bit Locations in the Interrupt Source Register  
irq_src1, with Corresponding Interrupt Enables in irq1_en1,  
irq2_en1  
tx_sfd  
This interrupt is asserted if the SFD or SWD is transmitted  
when in IEEE 802.15.4-2006 or GFSK/FSK packet mode.  
Bit Name  
Notes  
rx_sfd  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Reserved  
Don’t care; set mask to 0.  
Don’t care; set mask to 0.  
Don’t care; set mask to 0.  
TX packet transmission complete.  
Packet received in RX_BUFFER.  
SFD/SWD has been transmitted.  
SFD/SWD has been detected.  
CCA_RESULT in status word is valid.  
This interrupt is asserted if a SFD or SWD is detected while in  
the RX state in either IEEE 802.15.4 or GFSK/FSK mode.  
Reserved  
Reserved  
tx_pkt_sent  
rx_pkt_rcvd  
tx_sfd  
cca_complete  
The interrupt is asserted at the end of a CCA measurement  
following a RC_RX or RC_CCA command. The interrupt  
indicates that the CCA_RESULT flag in the status word is valid.  
rx_sfd  
cca_complete  
batt_alert  
The interrupt is asserted if the battery monitor signals a battery  
alarm. This occurs when the battery voltage drops below the  
programmed threshold value. The battery monitor must be  
enabled and configured. See the Battery Monitor section for  
further details.  
Table 49. Bit Locations in the Interrupt Source Register  
irq_src0, with Corresponding Interrupt Enables in irq1_en0,  
irq2_en0  
Bit Name  
Notes  
7
6
5
Reserved Don’t care; set mask to 0.  
Reserved Don’t care; set mask to 0.  
batt_alert Battery voltage has dropped below  
programmed threshold value.  
rc_ready  
The interrupt is asserted if the radio controller is ready to accept  
a new command. This condition is equivalent to the rising edge  
of the RC_READY flag in the status word.  
4
3
por  
rc_ready  
Power-on reset event.  
Radio controller ready to accept new  
command.  
wakeup  
2
1
0
wakeup  
powerup  
Timer has timed out.  
Chip is ready for access.  
The interrupt is asserted if the WUC timer has decremented to  
zero. Prior to enabling this interrupt, the WUC timer unit must  
be configured with the tmr_cfg0, tmr_cfg1, tmr_rld0, and  
tmr_rld1 registers. A wake-up interrupt can be asserted while  
the ADF7242 is active or has woken up from the sleep state  
through a timeout event. See the Wake-Up Controller (WUC)  
section or further details.  
Reserved Don’t care; set mask to 0.  
DESCRIPTION OF INTERRUPT SOURCES  
tx_pkt_sent  
This interrupt is asserted when in IEEE 802.15.4-2006 or  
GFSK/FSK packet mode and the transmission of a packet in  
TX_BUFFER is complete.  
powerup  
The interrupt is asserted if the ADF7242 is ready for SPI access  
following a wake-up from the sleep state. This condition reflects  
a rising edge of the flag SPI_READY in the status word. If the  
rx_pkt_rcvd  
This interrupt is asserted when in IEEE 802.15.4-2006 or  
GFSK/FSK packet mode and a packet with a valid FCS or CRC  
has been received and is available in RX_BUFFER.  
CS  
ADF7242 has been woken `up from the sleep state using the  
input, this interrupt is useful to detect that the ADF7242 has  
powered up without the need to poll the MISO output. Register  
irq1_mask, Field powerup and Register irq2_mask, Field  
powerup are automatically set on exit from the sleep state.  
Therefore, this interrupt is generated when a transition from  
CS  
sleep is triggered by  
being pulled low or by a timeout event.  
Rev. 0 | Page 82 of 108  
 
 
 
ADF7242  
APPLICATIONS CIRCUITS  
C15  
C14  
C39  
C40  
C41  
C28  
SENSOR  
32kHz  
SCS  
MOSI  
SCLK  
MISO  
VBAT  
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25  
MICRO-  
CONTROLLER  
R10  
24  
C18  
C17  
C16  
R12  
GPIO0  
1
C21  
C22  
CREGRF1  
GPIO1  
MOSI  
SCLK  
MISO  
CS  
GND  
BALP  
BALM  
23  
22  
21  
2
3
4
RBIAS  
MOSI  
UNBAL  
GND  
CREGRF2  
RFIO1P  
RFIO1N  
RFIO2P  
RFIO2N  
CREGRF3  
SCLK  
MISO  
10  
20  
19  
18  
17  
5
6
7
8
ADF7242  
IRQ1IN  
IRQ2IN  
IRQ1_GP4  
TRCLK_CKO_GP3  
IRQ2_TRFS_GP2  
DT_GP1  
C25  
C26  
C32  
C27  
12  
9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16  
26MHz  
C34  
C29  
C30  
C32  
C35  
C36  
C37  
Figure 115. Typical ADF7242 Application Circuit Using Antenna Diversity  
Rev. 0 | Page 83 of 108  
 
ADF7242  
C15  
C14  
C39  
C40  
C41  
C28  
32kHz  
VBAT  
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25  
R10  
C18  
C17  
C16  
C4  
L3  
DSP  
BFxxx  
R12  
24  
1
C5  
C7  
CREGRF1  
GPIO1  
MOSI  
SCLK  
MISO  
CS  
23  
22  
21  
2
3
4
RBIAS  
MOSI  
C6  
L1  
SPI  
CREGRF2  
RFIO1P  
RFIO1N  
RFIO2P  
RFIO2N  
CREGRF3  
SCLK  
MISO  
L2  
20  
19  
18  
17  
5
6
7
8
ADF7242  
IRQ1IN  
IRQ1_GP4  
TRCLK_CKO_GP3  
IRQ2_TRFS_GP2  
DT_GP1  
L4  
C8  
SPORT  
C9  
C27  
L6  
C11  
L5  
C10  
9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16  
26MHz  
C34  
C29  
C30  
C32  
C35  
C36  
C37  
Figure 116. Typical ADF7242 Application Circuit with DSP Using Antenna Diversity  
Rev. 0 | Page 84 of 108  
 
ADF7242  
C41  
C28  
C15  
C14  
C39  
C40  
32kHz  
R14  
R15  
VBAT  
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25  
R10  
C18  
C17  
C16  
DSP  
R12  
BFxxx  
24  
1
C21  
C22  
CREGRF1  
RBIAS  
GPIO1  
CS  
GND BALP  
ENABLE  
LNA  
23  
22  
21  
2
3
4
MOSI  
SCLK  
MISO  
MOSI  
SCLK  
UNBAL  
SPI  
CREGRF2  
RFIO1P  
10  
GND BALM  
MISO  
20  
19  
18  
17  
5
6
7
8
ADF7242  
IRQ1IN  
RFIO1N  
RFIO2P  
IRQ1_GP4  
TRCLK_CKO_GP3  
IRQ2_TRFS_GP2  
DT_GP1  
SPORT  
C25  
C26  
RFIO2N  
CREGRF3  
ENABLE  
GND BALP  
PA  
UNBAL  
C27  
12  
GND BALM  
9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16  
26MHz  
C34  
C29  
C30  
C32  
C35  
C36  
C37  
Figure 117. Typical ADF7242 Application Circuit with External LNA and External PA  
Rev. 0 | Page 85 of 108  
 
ADF7242  
6
0 7 2 - 9 1 0 8  
5 P G _ X T E N  
P 6 G _ E X N R  
0 P G _ D R  
2 G I D G E C R  
D R U A D G  
2 6 C N S O X  
1 G I D G C R E  
B T 1 A 7 _ P G _  
3 2 C K S P O X  
2 B T A _ N K 2 3 C S X O  
T A D V D _ B  
P 6 2 C S X O  
H T N S Y E G R C  
U A G R D C V O  
3 B T A _ P U S P A V  
B T 4 A _ P A O A P B I  
O
V C E G R C  
E L D D P A  
Figure 118. Typical ADF7242 Application Circuit with Discrete External PA  
Rev. 0 | Page 86 of 108  
ADF7242  
REGISTER MAP  
It is recommended that configuration registers be programmed in the idle state. Note that all registers that include fields that are denoted  
as RC_CONTROLLED must be programmed in the idle state only.  
Reset values are shown in decimal notation.  
Table 50. Register Map Overview  
Address  
0x100  
0x102  
0x105  
0x106  
0x107  
0x108  
0x109  
0x10A  
0x10B  
0x10C  
0x10D  
0x10E  
0x10F  
0x111  
0x13E  
0x300  
0x301  
0x302  
0x304  
0x305  
0x306  
0x30C  
0x30D  
0x30E  
0x30F  
0x313  
0x314  
0x315  
0x316  
0x317  
0x318  
0x319  
0x31A  
0x31B  
0x31E  
0x32C  
0x32D  
0x335  
0x33D  
0x353  
0x354  
0x355  
0x36E  
0x36F  
0x371  
0x380  
Register Name  
Access Mode  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R
Description  
ext_ctrl  
fsk_preamble  
cca1  
cca2  
buffercfg  
pkt_cfg  
delaycfg0  
delaycfg1  
delaycfg2  
sync_word0  
sync_word1  
sync_word2  
sync_config  
fsk_preamble_config  
rc_cfg  
ch_freq0  
ch_freq1  
ch_freq2  
tx_fd  
dm_cfg0  
tx_m  
rrb  
lrb  
dr0  
dr1  
prampg  
txpb  
rxpb  
External LNA/PA and internal PA control configuration bits  
GFSK/FSK preamble length configuration  
RSSI threshold for CCA  
CCA mode configuration  
RX and TX Buffer configuration  
Firmware download module enable/FCS/CRC control  
RC_RX command to SFD or SWD search delay  
RC_TX command to TX state delay  
MAC delay extension  
Sync Word Bits[7:0] of [23:0]  
Sync Word Bits[15:8] of [23:0]  
Sync Word Bits[23:16] of [23:0]  
Sync word configuration  
GFSK/FSK preamble configuration  
Packet/SPORT mode configuration  
Channel frequency settings—low byte  
Channel frequency settings—middle byte  
Channel frequency settings—two MSBs  
Transmit frequency deviation register  
Receive discriminator bandwidth register  
Gaussian and preemphasis filter configuration  
RSSI readback register  
Signal quality indicator quality readback register  
Data rate [bps/100], Bits[15:8] of [15:0]  
Data rate [bps/100], Bits[7:0] of [15:0]  
PRAM page  
Transmit packet storage base address  
Receive packet storage base address  
Wake-up timer configuration register—high byte  
Wake-up timer configuration register—low byte  
Wake-up timer value register—high byte  
Wake-up timer value register—low byte  
Wake-up timer timeout flag configuration register  
32 kHz oscillator/WUC status  
Battery monitor and external PA bias enable  
GPIO configuration  
GPIO configuration  
Synthesizer lock time  
RC calibration setting  
Overwrite value for the VCO frequency band.  
Overwrite value for the VCO bias current DAC.  
VCO calibration settings overwrite enable  
PA bias control  
VCO calibration parameters  
26 MHz crystal oscillator configuration  
Readback VCO band after calibration  
R
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R
tmr_cfg0  
tmr_cfg1  
tmr_rld0  
tmr_rld1  
tmr_ctrl  
wuc_32khzosc_status  
pd_aux  
gp_cfg  
gp_out  
synt  
rc_cal_cfg  
vco_band_ovrw  
vco_idac_ovrw  
vco_ovwr_cfg  
pa_bias  
vco_cal_cfg  
xto26_trim_cal  
vco_band_rb  
Rev. 0 | Page 87 of 108  
 
ADF7242  
Address  
0x381  
0x389  
0x38B  
0x395  
0x396  
0x39B  
0x3A7  
0x3A8  
0x3A9  
0x3AA  
0x3AE  
0x3B2  
0x3B4  
0x3B6  
0x3B7  
0x3B8  
0x3B9  
0x3BA  
0x3BC  
0x3BF  
0x3C4  
0x3C7  
0x3C8  
0x3C9  
0x3CA  
0x3CB  
0x3CC  
0x3D2  
0x3D3  
0x3D4  
0x3D5  
0x3D6  
0x3D7  
0x3E0  
0x3E3  
0x3E6  
0x3F0  
0x3F3  
0x3F4  
0x3F7  
0x3F8  
0x3F9  
0x3FA  
Register Name  
vco_idac_rb  
iirf_cfg  
dm_cfg1  
rxcal0  
rxcal1  
rxfe_cfg  
pa_rr  
pa_cfg  
Access Mode  
R
Description  
Readback of the VCO bias current DAC after calibration  
BB filter decimation rate  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R
Postdemodulator filter bandwidth  
Receiver baseband filter calibration word, LSB  
Receiver baseband filter calibration word, MSB  
Receive baseband filter bandwidth and LNA selection  
PA ramp rate  
PA output stage current control  
External PA bias DAC configuration  
External PA interface circuit configuration  
ADC readback  
AGC configuration parameters  
AGC configuration parameters  
AGC configuration parameters  
AGC configuration parameters  
AGC configuration parameters  
AGC configuration parameters  
AGC configuration parameters  
AGC configuration parameters  
OCL system parameters  
extpa_cfg  
extpa_msc  
adc_rbk  
agc_cfg1  
agc_max  
agc_cfg2  
agc_cfg3  
agc_cfg4  
agc_cfg5  
agc_cfg6  
agc_cfg7  
ocl_cfg0  
ocl_cfg1  
irq1_en0  
irq1_en1  
irq2_en0  
irq2_en1  
irq1_src0  
irq1_src1  
ocl_bw0  
ocl_bw1  
ocl_bw2  
ocl_bw3  
ocl_bw4  
ocl_bws  
ocl_cfg13  
gp_drv  
bm_cfg  
tx_fsk_test  
preamble_num_validate  
sfd_15_4  
afc_cfg  
afc_ki_kp  
afc_range  
afc_read  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
OCL system parameters  
Interrupt Mask Set Bits[7:0] of [15:0] for IRQ1  
Interrupt Mask Set Bits[15:8] of [15:0] for IRQ1  
Interrupt Mask Set Bits[7:0] of [15:0] for IRQ2  
Interrupt Mask Set Bits[15:8] of [15:0] for IRQ2  
Interrupt Source Bits[7:0] of [15:0] for IRQ  
Interrupt Source Bits[15:8] of [15:0] for IRQ  
OCL system parameters  
OCL system parameters  
OCL system parameters  
OCL system parameters  
OCL system parameters  
OCL system parameters  
OCL system parameters  
GPIO and SPI I/O pads drive strength configuration  
Battery monitor threshold voltage setting  
TX GFSK/FSK SPORT test mode configuration  
Preamble validation  
Option to set nonstandard SFD  
AFC mode and polarity configuration  
AFC ki and kp  
AFC range  
AFC frequency error readback  
Rev. 0 | Page 88 of 108  
ADF7242  
Table 51. 0x100: ext_ctrl  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
Reset Value  
Description  
[7]  
pa_shutdown_mode  
R/W  
0
PA shutdown mode.  
0: fast ramp-down.  
1: user defined ramp-down.  
[6:5]  
4
Reserved  
rxen_en  
R/W  
R/W  
0
0
Reserved, set to default.  
1: RXEN_GP6 is set high while in the RX state; otherwise, it is low.  
0: RXEN_GP6 is under user control (refer to Register gp_out); refer to  
Register gp_cfg for restrictions  
3
txen_en  
R/W  
0
1: TXEN_GP5 is set high while in the TX state; otherwise, it is low.  
0: TXEN_GP5 is under user control (refer to Register gp_out); refer to  
Register gp_cfg for restrictions.  
2
extpa_auto_en  
Reserved  
R/W  
R/W  
0
0
1: RC enables external PA controller while in the TX state.  
0: Register pd_aux, Bit extpa_bias_en (0x31E[4]) is under user control.  
Reserved, set to default.  
[1:0]  
Table 52. 0x102: fsk_preamble  
Bit Field Name  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
Set the number of preamble bytes that is appended at the beginning of a TX  
[7:0] Nbtx_preamble_byte  
R/W  
8
GFSK/FSK frame.  
Note that the packet manager automatically transmits another n bytes of  
preamble, with n set by MCR Register 0x3F3. Depending on the SWD used, there  
may also be additional preamble bits contained in Register 0x10C to Register  
0x10E. Refer to the Transmitter in GFSK/FSK Mode section for details.  
Table 53. 0x105: cca1  
Bit  
Field Name R/W Reset Value Description  
[7:0] cca_thres  
R/W 171  
RSSI threshold for CCA. Signed twos complement notation (in dBm). When CCA is completed:  
Status Word CCA_RESULT = 1 if Register rrb, Bit rssi_readback (0x30C[7:0]) < cca_thres  
Status Word CCA_RESULT = 0 if Register rrb, Bit rssi_readback (0x30C[7:0]) ≥ cca_thres  
Table 54. 0x106: cca2  
Bit  
[7:3]  
2
Field Name  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
Reserved  
continuous_cca  
R/W  
R/W  
0
0
Reserved, set to default.  
0: continuous CCA off.  
1: generate a CCA interrupt every 128 μs.  
1
0
rx_auto_cca  
Reserved  
R/W  
R/W  
0
0
0: automatic CCA off.  
1: generate a CCA interrupt 128 μs after entering the RX state.  
Reserved, set to default.  
Rev. 0 | Page 89 of 108  
ADF7242  
Table 55. 0x107: buffercfg  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W Reset Value Description  
7
trx_mac_delay  
R/W  
0
0: tx_mac_delay (0x10A[7:0]) and rx_mac_delay (0x109[7:0]) enabled.  
1: tx_mac_delay (0x10A[7:0]) and rx_mac_delay (0x109[7:0]) disabled.  
Reserved, set to default  
6
Reserved  
R/W  
RW  
0
0
[5:4] tx_buffer_mode  
In IEEE 802.15.4-2006 mode.  
0: return to PHY_RDY after frame in TX_BUFFER is transmitted once.  
1: cyclic transmission of frame in TX_BUFFER after TX MAC delay with PA ramp-  
up/down between packets.  
2: reserved.  
3: cyclic transmission of frame in TX_BUFFER after TX MAC delay with PA kept  
on.  
3
2
auto_tx_to_rx_turnaround R//W  
auto_rx_to_tx_turnaround R/W  
0
0
0
0: as per tx_buffer_mode setting.  
1: automatically goes to RX after TX data transmitted.  
0: as per rx_buffer_mode setting.  
1: automatically goes to TX after RX packet received.  
In IEEE 802.15.4-2006 mode.  
[1:0] rx_buffer_mode  
R/W  
0: first frame following a RC_RX command is stored in RX_BUFFER; device  
returns to PHY_RDY state after reception of first frame.  
1: continuous reception of frames enabled; a new frame overwrites previous  
frame.  
2: new frames not written to buffer.  
3: reserved.  
Table 56. 0x108: pkt_cfg  
Bit  
[7:5]  
4
Field Name  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
Reserved  
addon_en  
0
0
Reserved, set to default.  
0: firmware add-on module disabled.  
1: firmware add-on module enabled; module must be loaded prior to setting this bit.  
3
skip_synt_settle  
R/W  
0
0: the RF frequency synthesizer calibration and settling phase is performed.  
1: skip the RF frequency synthesizer calibration and settling phase. This must only be  
used when the continuous packet transmission mode is enabled. Refer to the WUC  
Configuration and Operation section.  
[2:1]  
0
Reserved  
auto_fcs_off  
R/W  
R/W  
2
0
Reserved, set to default.  
In IEEE 802.15.4-2006 and GFSK/FSK packet mode, the rx_pkt_rcvd interrupt is asserted.  
IEEE 802.15.4-2006:  
0: receive operation—FCS automatically validated; FCS replaced with RSSI and SQI  
values in RX_BUFFER.  
Transmit operation—FCS automatically appended to transmitted packet; FCS field in  
TX_BUFFER is ignored.  
1: receive operation—received FCS is stored in RX_BUFFER without validation.  
Transmit operation—FCS field in TX_BUFFER is transmitted.  
GFSK/FSK:  
0: receive operation—CRC automatically validated.  
Transmit operation—CRC automatically appended to transmitted packet; CRC field in  
TX_BUFFER is ignored.  
1: receive operation—received CRC is stored in RX_BUFFER without validation.  
Transmit operation—CRC field in TX_BUFFER is transmitted.  
Table 57. 0x109: delaycfg0  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
192  
IEEE 802.15.4-2006 mode: programmable delay from issue of RC_RX command to  
[7:0]  
rx_mac_delay  
R/W  
SFD search and for start of RSSI measurement window.  
GFSK mode: programmable delay from issue of RC_RX command to SWD search.  
Programmable in steps of 1 μs in both modes.  
Rev. 0 | Page 90 of 108  
ADF7242  
Table 58. 0x10A: delaycfg1  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
[7:0]  
tx_mac_delay  
R/W  
192  
IEEE 802.15.4-2006 mode and GFSK mode: programmable delay from issue  
of RC_TX command to entering TX state.  
Programmable in steps of 1 μs in both modes.  
Table 59. 0x10B: delaycfg2  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
Programmable MAC delay extension. Programmable in steps of 4 μs.  
Applies in both RX and TX states  
[7:0]  
mac_delay_ext  
R/W  
0
Table 60. 0x10C: sync_word0  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
[7:0]  
sync_word[7:0]  
R/W  
49  
Sync Word Bits[7:0] of [23:0].  
Table 61. 0x10D: sync_word1  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
[7:0]  
sync_word[15:8]  
R/W  
122  
Sync Word Bits[15:8] of [23:0].  
Table 62. 0x10E: sync_word2  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
[7:0]  
sync_word[23:16]  
R/W  
170  
Sync word Bits[23:16] of [23:0].  
Table 63. 0x10F: sync_config  
Bit  
Field Name  
Reserved  
sync_tol  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
7
[6:5]  
0
0
Reserved, set to default.  
Number of bit mismatches allowed: 0 to 3.  
4 to 7: reserved.  
[4:0]  
sync_len  
R/W  
24  
Synchronization word length, which can be from 0 to 24.  
0: sync word detection disabled.  
25 to 31: reserved.  
Table 64. 0x111: fsk_preamble_config  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
7
6
reserved  
R/W  
0
0
Unused.  
skip_syncword_detect_sport R/W  
Bypass SFD detection (GFSK/FSK SPORT mode only).  
0: perform sync word detection.  
1: skip sync word detection.  
5
4
fsk_agc_lock_after_preamble R/W  
0
Lock AGC after preamble (GFSK/FSK packet/SPORT modes only).  
0: disable AGC lock.  
1: enable AGC lock.  
Bypass preamble detection and qualification; only search for SWD .  
0: enable preamble detection + qualification.  
1: disable preamble detection + qualification.  
skip_preamble_detect_qual  
R/W  
R/W  
0
[3:0] fsk_preamble_match_level  
11  
preamble_match  
Preamble qualification  
0xC  
0xB  
0xA  
0x9  
0x1  
0x0  
Enabled. 0 bit-pairs in error allowed in 12 bit-pairs.  
Enabled. 1 bit-pair in error allowed in 12 bit-pairs.  
Enabled. 2 bit-pairs in error allowed in 12 bit-pairs.  
Enabled. 3 bit-pairs in error allowed in 12 bit-pairs.  
Enabled. 11 bit-pairs in error allowed in 12 bit-pairs.  
Preamble qualification disabled.  
Rev. 0 | Page 91 of 108  
ADF7242  
Table 65. 0x13E: rc_cfg  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
0 Configure packet format:  
[7:0]  
rc_mode  
R/W  
0: IEEE 802.15.4-2006 packet mode.  
1: reserved.  
2: IEEE 802.15.4-2006 receive SPORT mode.  
3: GFSK/FSK SPORT mode.  
4: GFSK/FSK packet mode.  
5 to 255: reserved.  
Table 66. 0x300: ch_freq0  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
[7:0]  
ch_freq[7:0]  
R/W  
128  
Channel frequency [Hz]/10 kHz, Bits[7:0] of [23:0].  
Table 67. 0x301: ch_freq1  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
[7:0]  
ch_freq[15:8]  
R/W  
169  
Channel frequency [Hz]/10 kHz, Bits[15:8] of [23:0].  
Table 68. 0x302: ch_freq2  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
[7:0]  
ch_freq[23:16]  
R/W  
3
Channel frequency [Hz]/10 kHz, Bits[23:16] of [23:0].  
Table 69. 0x304: tx_fd  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
[7:6]  
[5:0]  
Reserved  
tx_freq_dev  
0
Reserved, set to default.  
50  
Transmit frequency deviation = tx_freq_dev × 10 kHz.  
Recommended settings:  
IEEE 802.15.4: use default setting of 50.  
GFSK/FSK:  
62.5 kbps to 125 kbps: 6.  
250 kbps: 13.  
500 kbps: 25.  
1000 kbps: 25.  
2000 kbps: 50.  
Table 70. 0x305: dm_cfg0  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
[7]  
[6:0]  
Reserved  
discriminator_bw  
0
6
Reserved, set to default.  
Receive discriminator bandwidth = 3.25 MHz/( RX frequency deviation +  
freq_error_max).  
Recommended settings:  
IEEE 802.15.4: 6 (default).  
GFSK/FSK:  
50 kbps, 62.5 kbps, 125 kbps: 55.  
100 kbps: 107.  
250 kbps: 25.  
500 kbps, 1000 kbps: 13.  
2000 kbps: 6.  
Rev. 0 | Page 92 of 108  
ADF7242  
Table 71. 0x306: tx_m  
Bit  
[7:2]  
1
Field Name  
RC_CONTROLLED  
gauss_filt  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
0
0
1
Controlled by radio controller.  
1: GFSK, 0: FSK.  
1: enable, 0: disable preemphasis filter. Set for data rate > 250 kbps and  
IEEE 802.15.4-2006.  
0
preemp_filt  
Table 72. 0x30C: rrb  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
[7:0]  
rssi_readback  
R
0
Receive input power in dBm; signed twos complement.  
Table 73. 0x30D: lrb  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
[7:0]  
sqi_readback  
R
0
Signal quality indicator readback value.  
Table 74. 0x30E: dr0  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
[7:0]  
data_rate_high  
R/W  
78  
Data rate: 256 × data_rate_high × 100 bps + dr1.  
Table 75. 0x30F: dr1  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
[7:0]  
data_rate_low  
R/W  
32  
Data rate: data_rate_low × 100 bps + dr0.  
Table 76. 0x313: prampg  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
[7:4]  
[3:0]  
Reserved  
pram_page  
0
0
Reserved, set to default.  
Program PRAM page.  
Table 77. 0x314: txpb  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
[7:0]  
tx_pkt_base  
R/W  
128  
Base address of TX_BUFFER in packet RAM.  
Table 78. 0x315: rxpb  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
[7:0]  
rx_pkt_base  
R/W  
0
Base address of RX_BUFFER in packet RAM.  
Rev. 0 | Page 93 of 108  
ADF7242  
Table 79. 0x316: tmr_cfg0  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
[7:3]  
[2:0]  
Reserved  
timer_prescal  
0
0
Reserved, set to default.  
Divider factor for XTO32K or RCO.  
0: ÷1.  
1: ÷4.  
2: ÷8.  
3: ÷16.  
4: ÷128.  
5: ÷1024.  
6: ÷8192.  
7: ÷65,536.  
Note that this is a write-only register and should be written to prior to writing to  
Register tmr_cfg1. Settings become effective only after writing to Register  
tmr_cfg1.  
Table 80. 0x317: tmr_cfg1  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
7
[6:3]  
Reserved  
sleep_config  
0
0
Reserved, set to default.  
1: SLEEP_BBRAM  
4: SLEEP_XTO.  
5: SLEEP_BBRAM_XTO.  
11: SLEEP_BBRAM_RCO.  
0, 3, 6 to 10, 12 to 15: reserved.  
Refer to note in Register tmr_cfg0.  
[2:1]  
0
Reserved  
wake_on_timeout  
R/W  
R/W  
0
0
Reserved, set to default.  
1: enable, 0: disable wake-up on timeout event.  
Table 81. 0x318: tmr_rld0  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
[7:0]  
timer_reload[15:8]  
R/W  
0
Timer reload value, Bits[15:8] of [15:0].  
Note that this is a write-only register and should be written to prior to writing to  
Register tmr_rld1. Settings become effective only after writing to Register  
tmr_rld1.  
Table 82. 0x319: tmr_rld1  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
Reset Value  
Description  
[7:0]  
timer_reload[7:0]  
R/W  
0
Timer reload value, Bits[7:0] of [15:0]. Refer to note in Register tmr_rld0.  
Table 83. 0x31A: tmr_ctrl  
Bit  
[7:2]  
1
Field Name  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Reset Value  
Description  
Reserved  
0
0
Reserved, set to default.  
wuc_rc_osc_cal  
1: enable.  
0: disable 32 kHz RC oscillator calibration.  
0
wake_timer_flag_reset R/W  
0
Timer flag reset.  
0: normal operation  
1: reset fields wuc_tmr_prim_toflag and wuc_porflag (0x31B)  
Rev. 0 | Page 94 of 108  
ADF7242  
Table 84. 0x31B: wuc_32khzosc_status  
Bit  
[7:6]  
5
Field Name  
R/W  
Reset Value  
Description  
Reserved  
R
0
0
Reserved, set to default.  
rc_osc_cal_ready  
R
32 kHz RC oscillator calibration (only valid if wuc_rc_osc_cal = 1). Calibration  
takes 1 ms.  
0: calibration in progress.  
1: calibration finished.  
4
xosc32_ready  
R
0
32 kHz crystal oscillator (only valid if sleep_config (0x317[6:3])= 4 or 5).  
0: oscillator not settled.  
1: oscillator has settled.  
3
2
Reserved  
R
R
0
0
Reserved, set to default.  
wuc_porflag  
Chip cold start event registration.  
0: not registered.  
1: registered.  
1
0
wuc_tmr_prim_toflag  
Reserved  
R
R
0
0
WUC timeout event registration (the output of a latch triggered by a timeout  
event.)  
0: not registered.  
1: registered.  
Reserved, set to default.  
Table 85. 0x31E: pd_aux  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
7
6
5
Reserved  
RC_CONTROLLED  
battmon_en  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
0
0
0
Reserved, set to default.  
Controlled by radio controller.  
1: enable.  
0: disable battery monitor.  
4
extpa_bias_en  
R/W  
0
1: enable.  
0: disable external PA biasing circuit.  
Controlled by radio controller when Register ext_ctrl, Field extpa_auto_en = 1  
(0x100[2]).  
[3:0]  
RC_CONTROLLED  
R/W  
0
Controlled by radio controller.  
Table 86. 0x32C: gp_cfg  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
0 0: IRQ1, IRQ2 functionality.  
[7:0]  
gpio_config  
R/W  
Register gp_out, Bit gpio_dout[6] controls RXEN output.  
Register gp_out, Bit gpio_dout[5] controls TXEN output.  
1, 4: TRCLK and Data pins active in RX, without gating by frame detection.  
2, 5: TRCLK and Data pins activity gated by preamble detection.  
3, 6: TRCLK and Data pins activity gated by synchronization word detection.  
6: IRQ1, DR, DT, TRFS, TRCLK functionality. Register gp_out, Bit gpio_dout[6]  
controls RXEN output.  
Register gp_out, Bit gpio_dout[5] controls TXEN output.  
7: symbol clock output on TRCLK pin and symbol data output on GP6, GP5, GP1,  
and GP0.  
103: IRQ1, DR, DT, IRQ2, TRCLK functionality.  
Register gp_out, Bit gpio_dout[6] controls RXEN output.  
Register gp_out, Bit gpio_dout[5] controls TXEN output.  
8 to 102, 104 to 255: reserved.  
Rev. 0 | Page 95 of 108  
ADF7242  
Table 87. 0x32D: gp_out  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
0 GPIO output value if Register gp_cfg, Field gpio_config = 4.  
[7:0]  
gpio_dout  
R/W  
gpio_dout[7:0] = GP7 to GP0.  
If Register ext_ctrl, Bit rxen_en = 1, then Register gp_out,  
Bit gpio_dout[6] is controlled by radio controller.  
If Register ext_ctrl, Bit txen_en = 1, then Register gp_out,  
Bit gpio_dout[5] is controlled by radio controller.  
Table 88. 0x335: synt  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
[7:0]  
lock_time  
R/W  
23  
Synthesizer locking timeout period (46 μs). 1 LSB = 2 μs.  
Table 89. 0x33D: rc_cal_cfg  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
[7:2]  
[1:0]  
Reserved  
skip_rc_cal  
15  
0
Reserved, set to default.  
0: do not skip RC calibration. This calibration is performed only when transitioning  
from idle to PHY_RDY.  
3: skip RC calibration.  
Table 90. 0x353: vco_band_ovrw  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
[7:0]  
vco_band_ovrw_val R/W  
0
Overwrite value for the VCO frequency band. Enabled when vco_band_ovrw_en =  
1 and Register vco_cal_cfg, Field skip_vco_cal = 15.  
Table 91. 0x354: vco_idac_ovrw  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
Overwrite value for the VCO bias current DAC. Enabled when Register vco_cal_cfg,  
Field skip_vco_cal = 15 and vco_idac_ovrw_en = 1.  
[7:0]  
vco_idac_ovrw_val R/W  
0
Table 92. 0x355: vco_ovrw_cfg  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
[7:2]  
[1]  
Reserved  
2
Reserved, set to default.  
vco_idac_ovrw_en  
0
VCO bias current DAC overwrite. Effective only if Register vco_cal_cfg,  
Field skip_vco_cal = 15.  
0: disable.  
1: enable.  
[0]  
vco_band_ovrw_en R/W  
0
VCO frequency band overwrite. Effective only if Register vco_cal_cfg,  
Field skip_vco_cal = 15  
0: disable.  
1: enable.  
Table 93. 0x36E: pa_bias  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
7
[6:1]  
0
Reserved  
pa_bias_ctrl  
Reserved  
0
Reserved, set to default.  
55  
1
Set to 63 if maximum PA output power of 4.8 dBm is required.  
Reserved, set to default.  
Rev. 0 | Page 96 of 108  
ADF7242  
Table 94. 0x36F: vco_cal_cfg  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
[7:4]  
[3:0]  
Reserved  
skip_vco_cal  
0
9
Reserved, set to default.  
9: do not skip VCO calibration.  
15: skip VCO calibration  
Table 95. 0x371: xto26_trim_cal  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
[7:6]  
[5:3]  
Reserved  
xto26_trim  
0
4
Reserved, set to default.  
26 MHz crystal oscillator (XOSC26N ) tuning capacitor control word. The load  
capacitance is adjusted according to the value of xto26_trim as follows:  
0: −4 × 187.5 fF.  
1: −3 × 187.5 fF.  
2: −2 × 187.5 fF.  
3: −1 × 187.5 fF.  
4: 0 × 187.5 fF.  
5: 1 × 187.5 fF.  
6: 2 × 187.5 fF.  
7: 3 × 187.5 fF.  
[2:0]  
Reserved  
R/W  
0
Reserved, set to default.  
Table 96. 0x381: vco_band_rb  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
[7:2]  
vco_band_val_rb  
R
0
Readback for the VCO frequency band after calibration  
Table 97. 0x381: vco_idac_rb  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
[7:2]  
vco_idac_val_rb  
R
0
Read-back of the VCO bias current DAC after calibration  
Table 98. 0x389: iirf_cfg  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
[7:5]  
[4:2]  
Reserved  
iir_stage2_bw  
0
1
Reserved, set to default.  
Receive baseband digital filter Stage 2 sampling rate  
fs2 = fs1/(2iir_stage2_bw).  
For IEEE 802.15.4-2006: set to default.  
For GFSK:  
62.5 kbps to 250 kbps: 4.  
500 kbps: 3.  
1000 kbps: 2.  
2000 kbps: 1.  
[1:0]  
iir_stage1_bw  
R/W  
1
Receive baseband digital filter Stage 1 sampling rate,  
fs1 = 13 MHz/(2iir_stage1_bw).  
For IEEE 802.15.4-2006: set to default.  
For GFSK:  
62.5 kbps to 1000 kbps: 2.  
2000 kbps: 1.  
Rev. 0 | Page 97 of 108  
ADF7242  
Table 99. 0x38B: dm_cfg1  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
200 Post demodulator filter BW= postdemod_bw × 15 kHz.  
[7:0]  
postdemod_bw  
R/W  
For IEEE 802.15.4-2006: 133.  
For GFSK:  
62.5 kbps: 8.  
125 kbps: 17.  
250 kbps: 32.  
500 kbps: 61.  
1000 kbps: 110.  
2000 kbps: 170.  
Table 100. 0x395: rxcal0  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
[7:0]  
dcap_ovwrt_low  
R/W  
0
RXBB filter tuning overwrite word, LSB.  
Table 101. 0x396: rxcal1  
Bit  
[7:2]  
1
Field Name  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
Reserved  
dcap_ovwrt_en  
dcap_ovwrt_high  
2
0
0
Reserved, set to default.  
RXBB filter tuning overwrite word enable.  
RXBB filter tuning overwrite word, MSB.  
0
Table 102. 0x39B: rxfe_cfg  
Bit  
Field Name  
Reserved  
lna_sel  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
[7:5]  
[4]  
0
1
Reserved, set to default.  
Receive:  
0: use LNA1.  
1: use LNA2.  
[3:0]  
rxbb_bw_ana  
R/W  
13  
RXBB analog filter bandwidth:  
15 = 1186 kHz  
14 = 1086 kHz  
13 = 1029 kHz  
12 = 991 kHz  
11 = 927 kHz  
10 = 867 kHz  
9 = 797 kHz  
8 = 730 kHz  
7 = 655 kHz  
6 = 555 kHz  
For IEEE 802.15.4-2006 mode: set to default.  
For GFSK:  
62.5 kbps to 1000 kbps: set to 6.  
2000 kbps: set to 13.  
Table 103. 0x3A7: pa_rr  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
[7:3]  
[2:0]  
Reserved  
pa_ramp_rate  
0
7
Reserved, set to default.  
PA ramp rate:  
2pa_rr.pa_ramp_rate × 2.4 ns per PA power step.  
Rev. 0 | Page 98 of 108  
ADF7242  
Table 104. 0x3A8: pa_cfg  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
7
[6:5]  
[4:0]  
Reserved  
Reserved  
pa_bridge_dbias  
0
Reserved, set to default.  
0
Set to default.  
13  
Set to 21 if output power of 4.8 dBm is required from PA.  
Table 105. 0x3A9: extpa_cfg  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
[7:5]  
[4:0]  
Reserved  
extpa_bias  
0
0
Reserved, set to default.  
If Register extpa_msc, Field extpa_bias_mode = 1, 2, 3, or 4,  
PABIAOP_ATB4 pin DAC current = 80 μA − 2.58 μA × extpa_bias.  
If Register extpa_msc, Field extpa_bias_mode = 5 or 6,  
PAVSUP_ATB3 pin servo current set point = 22 mA − 0.349 mA × extpa_bias.  
Table 106. 0x3AA: extpa_msc  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
[7:4]  
pa_pwr  
R/W  
15  
PA output power after ramping phase:  
3: minimum power.  
15: maximum power.  
Nominal power step size 2 dB per LSB.  
3
extpa_bias_src  
R/W  
R/W  
0
1
0: select RBIAS-referred reference current.  
1: select band gap-referred reference current.  
External PA interface configuration:  
[2:0]  
extpa_bias_mode  
0: PAVSUP_ATB3 = on; PABIAOP_ATB4 = floating.  
1: PAVSUP_ATB3 = on; PABIAOP_ATB4 = current source.  
2: PAVSUP_ATB3 = on; PABIAOP_ATB4 = current sink.  
3: PAVSUP_ATB3 = off; PABIAOP_ATB4 = current source.  
4: PAVSUP_ATB3 = off; PABIAOP_ATB4 = current sink.  
5: PAVSUP_ATB3 = on; PABIAOP_ATB4 = positive servo output.  
6: PAVSUP_ATB3 = on; PABIAOP_ATB4 = negative servo output.  
7: reserved.  
Table 107. 0x3AE: adc_rbk  
Bit  
Field Name  
Reserved  
adc_out  
R/W  
R
R
Reset Value Description  
[7:6]  
[5:0]  
0
0
Ignore.  
ADC output code.  
Table 108. 0x3B2: agc_cfg1  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
7
Reserved  
0
1
8
0
Reserved, set to default.  
[6:5]  
[4:1]  
0
agc_lna_hyst  
agc_lna_thres  
agc_lock  
Hysteresis in terms of PGA attenuation steps for LNA gain transitions.  
Sets number of PGA attenuation steps prior to first LNA attenuation step.  
0: enable, 1: freeze AGC.  
Table 109. 0x3B4: agc_max  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
[7:6]  
[5:3]  
Reserved  
agc_sat_thres_offs R/W  
R/W  
2
2
Reserved, set to default.  
ADC saturation detection threshold offset from full scale; the AGC enters slewing  
mode when this threshold is exceeded.  
[2:0]  
Reserved R/W  
0
Reserved, set to default.  
Rev. 0 | Page 99 of 108  
ADF7242  
Table 110. 0x3B6: agc_cfg2  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
7
[6:0]  
Reserved  
agc_thres_hi  
0
Reserved, set to default.  
46  
AGC upper RSSI trigger threshold.  
For IEEE 802.15.4-2006: set to default.  
For GFSK mode: set to 55.  
Table 111. 0x3B7: agc_cfg3  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
7
[6:0]  
Reserved  
agc_target  
0
Reserved, set to default.  
35  
AGC RSSI active state target value.  
For IEEE 802.15.4-2006: set to default.  
For GFSK mode: set to 42.  
Table 112. 0x3B8: agc_cfg4  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
7
[6:0]  
Reserved  
agc_thres_lo  
0
Reserved, set to default.  
24  
AGC lower RSSI trigger threshold.  
For IEEE 802.15.4-2006: set to default.  
For GFSK mode: set to 29.  
Table 113. 0x3B9: agc_cfg5  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
[7:5]  
[4:2]  
[1:0]  
Reserved  
rssi_offs  
rssi_avg_time  
0
4
3
Set to 0.  
RSSI offset adjust, rssi_offs is added to Register rrb, Field rssi_readback.  
RSSI averaging time; default per IEEE 802.15.4-2006; refer to the Baseband Filter  
section for further details.  
Table 114. 0x3BA: agc_cfg6  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
[7:6]  
[5:3]  
Reserved  
agc_filt2_tavg2  
0
5
Reserved, set to default.  
AGC postfilter averaging time.  
For IEEE 802.15.4-2006: per default.  
For GFSK: set to 4.  
[2:0]  
agc_filt2_tavg1  
R/W  
5
AGC postfilter averaging time for LNA transition.  
For IEEE 802.15.4-2006: per default.  
For GFSK/FSK: set to 4.  
Table 115. 0x3BC: agc_cfg7  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W Reset Value  
R/W  
Description  
7
[6:3]  
[2:0]  
Reserved  
agc_ndelay_steady R/W 15  
agc_egain_exp R/W  
0
Reserved, set to default.  
AGC agc_steady delay counter.  
AGC integrator gain.  
1
Rev. 0 | Page 100 of 108  
 
ADF7242  
Table 116. 0x3BF: ocl_cfg0  
Bit Field Name  
[7:2] Reserved  
R/W  
Reset Value  
Description  
R/W  
0
Reserved, set to default.  
1: enable  
1
ocl_en_gclna_ocl_hibw_state R/W  
0: disable OCL wide bandwidth mode after LNA gain changes.  
1
0
0
IEEE 802.15.4 mode.  
GFSK/FSK mode.  
Reserved, set to default.  
0
Reserved  
R/W  
Table 117. 0x3C4: ocl_cfg1  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
Reset Value  
Description  
[7:0]  
ocl_fsk_lock_timeout  
R/W  
5
For IEEE 802.15.4-2006: per default. For GFSK/FSK: set to 7.  
Table 118. 0x3C7: irq1_en0  
Bit  
Field Name  
Reserved  
Reserved  
batt_alert  
por  
rc_ready  
wakeup  
powerup  
Reserved  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Reset Value  
Description  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
Set to 0.  
Set to 0.  
Battery monitor interrupt.  
Power-on reset event.  
Radio controller ready to accept new command.  
Timer has timed out.  
Chip is ready for access.  
Set to 0.  
Table 119. 0x3C8: irq1_en1  
Bit  
Field Name  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
tx_pkt_sent  
rx_pkt_rcvd  
tx_sfd  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Reset Value  
Description  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Set to 0.  
Set to 0.  
Set to 0.  
Packet transmission complete.  
Packet received in RX_BUFFER.  
SFD/SWD was transmitted.  
SFD/SWD was detected.  
CCA_RESULT in status word is valid.  
rx_sfd  
cca_complete  
Table 120. 0x3C9: irq2_en0  
Bit  
Field Name  
Reserved  
Reserved  
batt_alert  
por  
rc_ready  
wakeup  
powerup  
Reserved  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Reset Value  
Description  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
Set to 0.  
Set to 0.  
Battery monitor interrupt.  
Power-on reset event.  
Radio controller ready to accept new command.  
Timer has timed out.  
Chip is ready for access.  
Set to 0.  
Rev. 0 | Page 101 of 108  
ADF7242  
Table 121. 0x3CA: irq2_en1  
Bit  
Field Name  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
tx_pkt_sent  
rx_pkt_rcvd  
tx_sfd  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Set to 0.  
Set to 0.  
Set to 0.  
Packet transmission complete.  
Packet received in RX_BUFFER.  
SFD/SWD was transmitted.  
SFD/SWD was detected.  
CCA_RESULT in status word is valid.  
rx_sfd  
cca_complete  
Table 122. 0x3CB: irq_src0  
Bit  
Field Name  
Reserved  
Reserved  
batt_alert  
por  
rc_ready  
wakeup  
powerup  
Reserved  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Set to 0.  
Set to 0.  
Battery monitor interrupt.  
Power-on reset event.  
Radio controller ready to accept new command.  
Timer has timed out.  
Chip is ready for access.  
Set to 0.  
Table 123. 0x3CC: irq_src1  
Bit  
Field Name  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
tx_pkt_sent  
rx_pkt_rcvd  
tx_sfd  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Set to 0.  
Set to 0.  
Set to 0.  
Packet transmission complete.  
Packet received in RX_BUFFER.  
SFD/SWD was transmitted.  
SFD/SWD was detected.  
CCA_RESULT in status word is valid.  
rx_sfd  
cca_complete  
Table 124. 0x3D2: ocl_bw0  
Bit  
Field Name  
Reserved  
ocl_bw0  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
[7:5]  
[4:0]  
0
Reserved, set to default.  
For IEEE 802.15.4-2006: set to default. For GFSK/FSK: set to 26.  
27  
Table 125. 0x3D3: ocl_bw1  
Bit  
Field Name  
Reserved  
ocl_bw1  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
[7:5]  
[4:0]  
0
Reserved, set to default.  
For IEEE 802.15.4-2006: set to default. For GFSK/FSK: set to 25.  
26  
Table 126. 0x3D4: ocl_bw2  
Bit  
Field Name  
Reserved  
ocl_bw2  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
[7:5]  
[4:0]  
0
2
Reserved, set to default.  
For IEEE 802.15.4-2006: set to default. For GFSK/FSK: set to 30.  
Rev. 0 | Page 102 of 108  
ADF7242  
Table 127. 0x3D5: ocl_bw3  
Bit  
Field Name  
Reserved  
ocl_bw3  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
[7:5]  
[4:0]  
0
3
Reserved, set to default.  
For IEEE 802.15.4-2006: set to default. For GFSK/FSK: set to 30.  
Table 128. 0x3D6: ocl_bw4  
Bit  
Field Name  
Reserved  
ocl_bw4  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
[7:5]  
[4:0]  
0
2
Reserved, set to default.  
For IEEE 802.15.4-2006: set to default. For GFSK/FSK: set to 30.  
Table 129. 0x3D7: ocl_bws  
Bit  
Field Name  
Reserved  
ocl_bw  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
[7:5]  
[4:0]  
0
0
Reserved, set to default.  
For IEEE 802.15.4-2006: set to default. For GFSK/FSK: set to 0.  
Table 130. 0x3E0: ocl_cfg13  
Bit  
[7:2]  
1
Field Name  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
Reserved  
ocl_sosi_en  
Reserved  
60  
1
Reserved, set to default.  
For IEEE 802.15.4-2006: set to default. For GFSK/FSK: set to 0.  
Reserved, set to default.  
0
0
Table 131. 0x3E3: gp_drv  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
[7:4]  
[3:2]  
Reserved  
gpio_slew  
0
0
Reserved, set to default.  
GPIO and SPI slew rate.  
0: very slow.  
1: slow.  
2: very fast.  
3: fast.  
[1:0]  
gpio_drive  
R/W  
0
GPIO and SPI drive strength.  
0: 4 mA.  
1: 8 mA.  
2: >8 mA.  
3: reserved.  
Table 132. 0x3E6: bm_cfg  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Reset Value  
Description  
7:5]  
[4:0]  
Reserved  
battmon_voltage  
0
0
Reserved, set to default.  
Battery monitor trip voltage:  
1.7 V + 62 mV × battmon_voltage; the batt_alert interrupt is asserted when  
VDD_BAT drops below the trip voltage.  
Table 133. 0x3F0: tx_fsk_test  
Bit  
[7:4]  
3
2
1
Field Name  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Reset Value  
Description  
Reserved  
2
0
0
0
0
Reserved, set to default.  
zero_only  
one_only  
carrier_only  
Reserved  
Transmit 0 only (fCH − fDEV) in GFSK/FSK SPORT mode.  
Transmit 1 only (fCH + fDEV) in GFSK/FSK SPORT mode.  
Transmits unmodulated tone at the programmed frequency fCH.  
Reserved, set to default.  
0
Rev. 0 | Page 103 of 108  
ADF7242  
Table 134. 0x3F3: preamble_num_validate  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
Reset Value  
Description  
[7]  
[6:0]  
Reserved  
num_preamble_bytes R/W  
R/W  
0
5
Reserved, set to default.  
Number of preamble bytes required for preamble validation.  
Table 135. 0x3F4: sfd_15_4  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Reset Value  
Description  
[7:4]  
[3:0]  
sfd_symbol_2  
sfd_symbol_1  
10  
7
Symbol 2 of SFD note: IEEE 802.15.4-2006 requires SFD1 = 10.  
Symbol 1 of SFD note: IEEE 802.15.4-2006 requires SFD1 = 7.  
Table 136. 0x3F7: afc_cfg  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Reset Value  
Description  
[7:3]  
[2]  
[1:0]  
Reserved  
afc_polarity  
afc_mode  
0
0
0
Reserved, set to default.  
Set AFC polarity. Set to 1.  
00: lock AFC.  
01: reserved.  
10: AFC is free running.  
11: lock AFC on preamble detection.  
Table 137. 0x3F8: afc_ki_kp  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
[7:4]  
afc_kp  
R/W  
0
Sets the AFC PI controller proportional gain.  
For IEEE 802.15.4-2006: not used.  
For GFSK: set to 9.  
[3:0]  
afc_ki  
R/W  
0
Sets the AFC PI controller integral gain.  
For IEEE 802.15.4-2006: not used.  
For GFSK: set to 9.  
Table 138. 0x3F9: afc_range  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
Limits the AFC pull-in range. Should be set to half the receive baseband filter  
bandwidth. AFC pull-in range is max_afc_range in kHz.  
[7:0]  
max_afc_range  
R/W  
0
Table 139. 0x3FA: afc_read  
Bit  
Field Name  
R/W  
Reset Value Description  
0 Frequency error readback. Frequency error: 1 kHz/LSB.  
[7:0]  
afc_freq_error  
R/W  
Rev. 0 | Page 104 of 108  
ADF7242  
OUTLINE DIMENSIONS  
5.10  
5.00 SQ  
4.90  
0.30  
0.25  
0.18  
PIN 1  
INDICATOR  
PIN 1  
INDICATOR  
25  
32  
24  
1
0.50  
BSC  
3.45  
3.30 SQ  
3.15  
EXPOSED  
PAD  
17  
8
16  
9
0.50  
0.40  
0.30  
0.25 MIN  
TOP VIEW  
BOTTOM VIEW  
FOR PROPER CONNECTION OF  
THE EXPOSED PAD, REFER TO  
THE PIN CONFIGURATION AND  
FUNCTION DESCRIPTIONS  
0.80  
0.75  
0.70  
0.05 MAX  
0.02 NOM  
SECTION OF THIS DATA SHEET.  
COPLANARITY  
0.08  
0.20 REF  
SEATING  
PLANE  
COMPLIANT TO JEDEC STANDARDS MO-220-WHHD.  
Figure 119. 32-Lead Lead Frame Chip Scale Package [LFCSP_WQ]  
5 mm × 5 mm Body, Very Thin Quad  
(CP-32-13)  
Dimensions shown in millimeters  
ORDERING GUIDE  
Model1  
Temperature Range  
Package Description  
Package Option  
CP-32-13  
CP-32-13  
ADF7242BCPZ  
−40°C to +85°C  
−40°C to +85°C  
32-Lead Lead Frame Chip Scale Package [LFCSP_WQ]  
32-Lead Lead Frame Chip Scale Package [LFCSP_WQ]  
Evaluation Platform Daughterboard  
ADF7242BCPZ-RL  
EVAL-ADF7242DB1Z  
EVAL-ADF7XXXMB3Z  
Evaluation Platform Motherboard  
1 Z = RoHS Compliant Part.  
Rev. 0 | Page 105 of 108  
 
 
ADF7242  
NOTES  
Rev. 0 | Page 106 of 108  
ADF7242  
NOTES  
Rev. 0 | Page 107 of 108  
ADF7242  
NOTES  
©2010 Analog Devices, Inc. All rights reserved. Trademarks and  
registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.  
D08912-0-7/10(0)  
Rev. 0 | Page 108 of 108  
 
 
 
 
 
 

相关型号:

ADF7242BCPZ

Low Power IEEE 802.15.4/Proprietary GFSK/FSK Zero-IF 2.4 GHz Transceiver IC
ADI

ADF7242BCPZ

SPECIALTY TELECOM CIRCUIT, QCC32, 5 X 5 MM, ROHS COMPLIANT, MO-220WHHD, LFCSP-32
ROCHESTER

ADF7242BCPZ-RL

Low Power IEEE 802.15.4/Proprietary GFSK/FSK Zero-IF 2.4 GHz Transceiver IC
ADI

ADF7901

High Performance ISM Band ASK/FSK Transmitter IC
ADI

ADF7901BRU

High Performance ISM Band ASK/FSK Transmitter IC
ADI

ADF7901BRU-REEL

High Performance ISM Band OOK/FSK Transmitter IC
ADI

ADF7901BRU-REEL7

High Performance ISM Band OOK/FSK Transmitter IC
ADI

ADF7901BRUZ

High Performance ISM Band ASK/FSK Transmitter IC
ADI

ADF7901BRUZ

TELECOM, CELLULAR, RF AND BASEBAND CIRCUIT, PDSO24, LEAD FREE, MO-153AD, TSSOP-24
ROCHESTER

ADF7901BRUZ-REEL

TELECOM, CELLULAR, RF AND BASEBAND CIRCUIT, PDSO24, MO-153AD, TSSOP-24
ADI

ADF7901BRUZ-REEL7

TELECOM, CELLULAR, RF AND BASEBAND CIRCUIT, PDSO24, MO-153AD, TSSOP-24
ADI

ADF7901BRUZ-RL

High Performance ISM Band ASK/FSK Transmitter IC
ADI